Sony KDF E50a10

SERVICE MANUAL
MODEL COMMANDER DEST. CHASSIS NO. MODEL
MIX5 CHASSIS
COMMANDER DEST. CHASSIS NO.
KDF-E42A10 KDF-E42A10 KDF-E42A10 KDF-E50A10 KDF-E50A10 KDF-E50A10
RM-YD003 RM-YD003 RM-YD003 RM-YD003 RM-YD003 RM-YD003
USA CANADA MEXICO USA CANADA MEXICO
MUTING TV/VIDEO
POWER TV POWER
DVR
DVD/ VCR
SAT/ CABLE
TV
FUNCTION
ENT
JUMP
ANT
MTS/SAP
FREEZE
SOUND
PICTURE
TV/SAT SUR
WIDE
GU ID E
DIS
PLA Y
WEGA GATE
PREV
REPLAY
ADVANCE NEXT
PLAY
VISUAL SEARCH
PAUSE
VOL
CH
REC
REC PAUSE
REC STOP
TOP MENU MENU
F1
PUSH OPEN
TIMER
LAMP
POWER/STANDBY
POWER
WEGA GATE
TV/VIDEO
VOLUME
CANNEL
TV
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
RM-YD003
LCD PROJECTION TV
TO OLS
RE TU RN
STOP
F2
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
Specifications
3 LCD Panels, 1 lens projection system 0.73 inch TFT LCD panel (1,280 720 pixels) High Performance, large diameter hybrid lens F2.4 75-ohm external terminal for VHF/UHF 100W, XL-2400 NTSC American TV Standard ATSC (8VSB terrestrial) ATSC compliant 8VSB QAM on cable ANSI/SCTE 07 2000 Visible Screen Size (Picture measured KDF-E42A10: 42 inches diagonally) KDF-E50A10: 50 inches Channel Coverage Terrestrial (analog) 2-69 Cable TV (analog) 1-125 Terrestrial (digital) 2-69 Cable TV (digital) 1-135 Number of Inputs/Outputs HDMI IN Video 1080i, 720p, 480p, 480i Audio Two channel linear PCM 32, 44.1 and 48 kHz, 16, 20 and 24 bit Video (IN) 3 total (1 on side panel) 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms unbalanced, sync negative S Video (IN) 1 Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms unbalanced, sync negative C: 0.286 Vp-p (Burst signal), 75 ohms Audio (IN) 5 total (1 on side panel) 500 mVrms (100% modulation) Impedance: 47 kilohms Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms unbalanced, sync Component Video Input 2 (Y PB/CB PR/CR) negative PB/CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms PR/CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms AUDIO (VAR/FIX) OUT 1 500 mVrms at the maximum volume setting (Variable) 500 mVrms (Fixed) Impedance (output): 2 kilohms
AUDIO OUT jacks are opera ble only w hen th e TV s Speaker is set to O ff .
Projection System LCD Panel Projection Lens Antenna Lamp Television System
RF Inputs PC Input Digital Audio Optical Output (PCM/Dolby Digital) CableCARD Slot Speaker output Power requirement Power consumption
2 1 1 PCMCIA Type I/II 12 W + 12 W 120 V, 60 Hz In use: 210 W In standby: Less than 17 W
Optical Rectangular (1)
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
Dimensions (W/H/D) Mass Supplied Accessories Remote Control AA (R6) Batteries Operati ng Instructions Quick Setup Guide Warranty Card Product Registration Card Optional accessories:
KDF-E42A10: 999 722 357 mm (39 3/8 28 1/2 14 1/8 inches) KDF-E50A10: 118 4 827 408 mm (46 5/8 32 5/8 16 1/8 inches)
KDF-E42A10: 28 kg (61 lb. 12 oz.) KDF-E50A10: 33 kg (72 lb. 13 oz.) RM-YD003 2 supplied for remote control 1 1 1 1
HDMI cable HDMI-to-DVI cable Component video cable S VIDEO cable A/V cable Audio cable Optical cable TV Stand : (SU-RG11S for KDF-E42A10, SU-RG11M for KDF-E50A10) Theatre Stand System: RHT-G2000 Lamp : XL-2400
The availability of optional accessories depends on stock.
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice. Non-metric weights and measures are approximate.
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
Indicators
Screen
PUSH OPEN
TIMER
LAMP
POWER/STANDBY
POWER
Indicators
The indicators show the current status of your TV. If there is a change in the condition or a problem with the TV, the indicators will flash or light up in the manner described below to let you know that it requires your attention.
Indicator Flashing because... POWER/ green : The lamp for the light source is preparing to turn STANDBY flashing on. When it is ready, it turns on. red : The lamp door or the lamp is not securely attached. The red indicator will continue to flash in intervals of three blinks at a time until the lamp door or the lamp is placed correctly. When the lamp door or the lamp is securely attached, the TV will turn on with green indicator. LAMP indicator The projection lamp has burned out. Replace it with new flashes one (see page 86). TIMER indicator is When one of the timers is set, the indicator will remain lit lit (will not flash) even when the TV is turned off.
Projection Lamp
Your TV uses a projection lamp as its light source. As with any lamp, it has lifespan and needs to be replaced when the Lamp indicator flashes or the screen becomes darker. Note the following: After turning on your TV, it may take a while (1 minute or less) before the picture appears. When the projection lamp wears out, the screen goes dark. Replace the lamp with a new Sony XL-2400 replacement lamp (not supplied).
The light emitted from the lamp is quite bright when your TV i s in use. To avoid eye discomfort or injury, do not look into the light housing when the power is on.
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
Replacing the Lamp

The projection lamp, which illuminates the picture, has a limited life. If the screen becomes dark, the color looks unusual, or the LAMP indicator on the front of the TV flashes, it is time to replace the lamp with a new one (not supplied).
WARNING Electric appliances can cause fire or high temperature, resulting in injury or death. Be sure to follow the instructions below.
Use a Sony XL-2400 replacement lamp (not supplied) for replacement. Use of any other lamp may damage the TV. Do not remove the lamp for any purpose other than replacement. Doing so may cause injury or fire. Do not put flammable materials and metal objects inside the lamp receptacle of the TV after removing the lamp. Doing so may cause fire or electrical shock. Do not touch the lamp receptable once the lamp has been removed. When the lamp eventually burns out, you may hear a noticeable pop sound. This is normal and it is inherent to this type of lamp. In rare instances, the bulb may pop inside the lamp unit, but the lamp unit is designed to contain all of the broken glass pieces inside the lamp unit. The lamps contain mercury. For proper disposal of the used lamps, follow and observe the local ordinances. See page 89.
How to Replace the Lamp
1 2 3
Turn off the power on the main unit. Wait several minutes, then unplug the power cord. (The cooling fan will continue to operate for about two minutes after turning the power off.) Wait at least 30 minutes after unplugging the power cord to allow the lamp to cool down before replacing it. To avoid being burned, do not touch the lamp receptable once the lamp has been removed. Take the new lamp out of the box. Do not touch the glass portion of the new lamp.
Do not shake the lamp. Vi bration can damage the lamp or shorten its life. Avoid touching the front glass of a new lamp or the glass of the lamp receptacle. Th is may reduce picture quality or lamp life.
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
Remove the outside lamp cover.
Put the new lamp into its place. Mount the new lamp securely. Failure to do so may cause a fire or the screen to go dark.
Remove the lamp door. Turn the knob counterclockwise to OPEN and pull out the cover.
If the lamp is not securely reattached, the selfdi a gnostic function may be triggered and the POWER/STANDBY indicator flashes three times (see page 12).
Lamp door
Reattach the lamp door. Turn the knob back to CLOSE and secure the cover.
Pu ll out the lamp. Hook a finger through the loop of the lamp handle and pull the handle upwards. Then pull the lamp straight out.
Put the outside lamp cover back in its place.
The lamp is very hot immediately after use. Never touch the glass portion of the lamp or the surrounding parts. After the used lamp has cooled, place it into the empty box of the replacement lamp. Never put the used lamp into a plastic bag.
Consult your Sony dealer for a Sony XL-2400 replacement lamp. Take great care when replacing the lamp or plugging in/unplugging the connecting cords. Rough handling may cause the TV t o fall, damaging the TV, the TV stand and the floor.
The used lamp
This product contains mercury. Disposal of this product may be regulated if sold in the United Sta tes. For disposal or recycling information, please contact your local authorities or the Electronics Industries Alliance (http://www.eiae.org). Do not leave the used lamp near flammable materials or within the reach of children. Do not pour water onto the used lamp or put any object inside the lamp. Doing so may cause the lamp to burst.
For replacement lamp information visit: U. S. residents: http://www.sonystyle.com/tv/ Canadian resident s: http://www.so nystyle.ca/tv/
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
SAFETY CHECK-OUT
( US model only )
After correcting the original service problem, perfom the following safety checks before releasing the set to the customer: l. Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-soldered connections. Check the entire board surface for solder splashes and bridges. 2. Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are pinched or contact high-wattage resistors. 3. Check that all control knobs, shields, covers, ground straps, and mounting hardware have been replaced. Be absolutely certain that you have replaced all the insulators. 4. Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly transistors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point them out to the customer and recommend their replacement. 5. Look for parts which, through functioning, show obvious signs of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and recom mend their replacement. 6. Check the line cords for cracks and abrasion. Recommend the replacement of any such line cord to the customer. 7. Check the condition of the monopole antenna (if any). Make sure the end is not broken off, and has the plastic cap on it. Point out the danger of impalement on a broken antenna to the customer, and recommend the antennas replacement. 8. Check the B+ and HV to see they are at the values specified. Make sure your instruments are accurate;be suspicious of your HV meter if sets always have low HV. 9. Check the antenna temminals, metal trim, metallized knobs, screws, and all other exposed metal parts for AC leakage. Check leakage as described below. LEAKAGE TEST The AC leakage from any exposed metal part to earth ground and from all exposed metal parts to any exposed metal part having a return to chassis, must not exceed 0.5mA (500 microampers) . Leakage current can be measured by any one of three methods. 1. A commercial leakage tester, such as the Simpson 229 or RCA WT-540A. Follow the manufacturers instructions to usc these instruments. 2. A battery-operated AC milliammeter. The Data Precision 245 digital multimeter is suitable for this job. 3. Measuring the voltage drop across a resistor by means of a VOM or battery-operated AC voltmeter. The limit indication is 0.75V, so analog meters must have an accurate lowvoltage scale. The Simpson 250 and Sanwa SH-63Trd are examples of a passive VOM that is suitable. NearIy all battery operated digital multimeters that have a 2V AC range are suitable. (See Fig. A) HOW TO FIND A GOOD EARTH GROUND A cold-water pipe is guaranteed earth ground;the cover-plate retaining screw on most AC outlet boxes is also at earth ground. If the retaining screw is to be used as your earth-ground, verify that it is at ground by measuring the resistance between it and a coldwater pipe with an ohmmeter. The reading should be zero ohms. If a cold-water pipe is not accessible, connect a 60-l00 watts trouble light (not a neon lamp) between the hot side of the receptacle and the retaining screw. Try both slots, if necessary, to locate the hot side of the line, the lamp should light at normal brilliance if the screw is at ground potential. (See Fig. B)
To Exposed Metal Parts on Set
Trouble Light Ohmmeter AC Outlet Box AC voltmeter (0.75V)
1.5 F
1.5k
Cold-water Pipe
Earth Ground Fig. B. Checking for earth ground. Fig. A. Using an AC voltmeter to check AC leakage.
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
CAUTION
These servicing instructions are for use by qualified service personnel only. To reduce the risk of electric shock, do not perform any servicing other than that contained in the operating instructions unless you are qualified to do so. WARNING!! AN ISOLATION TRANSFORMER SHOULD BE USED DURING ANY SERVICE TO AVOID POSSIBLE SHOCK HAZARD, BECAUSE OF LIVE CHASSIS. THE CHASSIS OF THIS RECElVER IS DIRECTLY CONNECTED TO THE AC POWER LINE. SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!! COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY SHADING AND MARK ! ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS, EXPLODED VIEWS AND IN THE PARTS LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESE COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS PUBLISHED BY SONY. CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENTS THAT ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION ARE IDENTIFIED IN THIS MANUAL. FOLLOW THESE PROCEDURES WHENEVER CRITICAL COMPONENTS ARE REPLACED OR IMPROPER OPERATION IS SUSPECTED. RM-YD003 RM-YD003
ATTENTION!! AFIN DEVITER TOUT RISQUE DELECTROCUTION PROVENANT DUN CHSSIS SOUS TENSION, UN TRANSFORMATEUR DISOLEMENT DOIT ETRE UTILIS LORS DE TOUT DEPANNAGE. LE CHSSIS DE CE RECEPTEUR EST DIRECTEMENT RACCORD LALIMENTATION SECTEUR. ATTENTION AUX COMPOSANTS RELATIFS LA SCURIT!! LES COMPOSANTS IDENTIFIS PAR UNE FRAME ET PAR UNE MAPQUE ! SUR LES SCHMAS DE PRINCIPE, LES VUES EXPLOSES ET LES LISTES DE PIECES SONT DUNE IMPORTANCE CRITIQUE POUR LA SCURIT DU FONCTIONNEMENT. NE LES REMPLACER QUE PAR DES COMPOSANTS SONY DONT LE NUMRO DE PICE EST INDIQU DANS LE PRSENT MANUEL OU DANS DES SUPPLMENTS PUBLIS PAR SONY. LES RGLAGES DE CIRCUIT DONT LIMPORTANCE EST CRITIQUE POUR LA SCURIT DU FONCTIONNEMENT SONT IDENTIFIES DANS LE PRSENT MANUEL. SUIVRE CES PROCDURES LORS DE CHAQUE REMPLACEMENT DE COMPOSANTS CRITIQUES, OU LORSQUUN MAUVAIS FONCTIONNEMENT SUSPECT.
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Title Page 11 Section 2-24-14. 2-24-15. 2-24-16. 2-24-17. 2-24-18. Title Pull Out Some Blocks (7) ........................... Pull Out Some Blocks (8) ........................... Pull Out Some Blocks (9) ........................... Pull Out Some Blocks (10) ......................... Remove Optics Unit .................................... Page 27 28 28 28 28
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
1. SELF DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION ..................... 2. DISASSEMBLY

2-1. 2-2. 2-3. 2-4. 2-5. 2-6. 2-7. 2-8. 2-9. Rear Cover .......................................................... Service Position .................................................. Antenna Switch, QU Block Assembly .............. K Board ............................................................... Terminal Bracket ................................................ HPC Board .......................................................... B Block ............................................................... OU Bracket ......................................................... B Board ...............................................................
16 17 18 19 19 19 20 20 20 21 21 21 21 22 22 23 23 23 23 24 24 24 24 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 26 26 26 26 26 27 27
3. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS
3-1. Electrical Adjustment by Remote Commander .... 29 29 29 29 29 30 30 3-1-1. Method of Setting the Service Adjustment Mode ............................................................... 3-1-2. Service Mode Adjustment ............................ 3-1-3. Memory Write Confirmation Method .......... 3-1-4. Adjusting Buttons and Indicator ................... 3-2. 3-3. To read Lamp and Panel time ............................ Test Reset ...........................................................
2-10. B, QM and QT Boards ....................................... 2-11. QT Board ............................................................ 2-12. QM Board ........................................................... 2-13. P Board ............................................................... 2-14. AGU Board ......................................................... 2-15. DC Fan ................................................................ 2-16. Main Duct (R) .................................................... 2-17. Duch Block Assembly (Without Main Duct (R)) ................................... 2-18. D.C. Fan (Sirocco) ............................................. 2-19. Speaker Grill Block Assembly ........................... 2-20. HA and HB Boards ............................................ 2-21. Screen Frame Block Assembly .......................... 2-22. Speakers .............................................................. 2-23. Rear Cover (With Mirror) .................................. 2-24. How to Replace Optics Unit .............................. 2-24-1. 2-24-2. 2-24-3. 2-24-4. 2-24-5. 2-24-6. 2-24-7. 2-24-8. 2-24-9. 2-24-10. 2-24-11. 2-24-12. 2-24-13. Remove Lamp Bloxk (1) ............................ Remove Lamp Bloxk (2) ............................ Remove Lamp Bloxk (3) ............................ Remove Cover, Rear (1) ............................. Remove Cover, Rear (1-2) .......................... Remove Cover, Rear (2) ............................. Remove Stay (L), Side ................................ Pull Out Some Blocks (1) ........................... Pull Out Some Blocks (2) ........................... Pull Out Some Blocks (3) ........................... Pull Out Some Blocks (4) ........................... Pull Out Some Blocks (5) ........................... Pull Out Some Blocks (6) ...........................
4. DIAGRAMS
4-1. Block Diagram (1) .............................................. Block Diagram (2) .............................................. Block Diagram (3) .............................................. Block Diagram (4) .............................................. Block Diagram (5) .............................................. Block Diagram (6) .............................................. Block Diagram (7) .............................................. 4-2. 4-3. 4-4. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) Frame Schematic Diagram ................................. Circuit Boards Location ..................................... Schematic Diagrams ........................................... Schematic Diagram of GT Board ...................... Schematic Diagram of HA Board ..................... Schematic Diagram of HB Board ..................... Schematic Diagram of HC Board ..................... Schematic Diagram of K Board ......................... Schematic Diagram of QT (1/3) Board ............ Schematic Diagram of QT (2/3) Board ............ Schematic Diagram of QT (3/3) Board ............ Schematic Diagram of QU Board ..................... Schematic Diagram of S2 Board ........................ Schematic Diagram of T1 Board ....................... Schematic Diagram of T2 Board ....................... 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
Section 4-5. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) 4-6.
Title Printed Wiring Boards ........................................ GT Board ............................................................ HA, HB Boards .................................................. HC, K Boards ..................................................... QT Board ............................................................ QU Board ............................................................ S2 Board ............................................................. T1, T2 Boards ..................................................... Semiconductors ..................................................
Page 52 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59
5. EXPLODED VIEWS
5-1. 5-2. 5-3. Screen Mirror Block, Cover ............................... B Block, Chassis Assembly ............................... Lamp Duct Assembly, Optics Unit Block ......... 60 61 62
6. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

GT Board .................................................................. HA Board .................................................................. HB Board .................................................................. HC Board .................................................................. HPC Board ................................................................ K Board ..................................................................... QT Board .................................................................. QU Board .................................................................. S2 Board .................................................................... T1 Board ................................................................... T2 Board ................................................................... 63 65 65 66 66 67 69 71 71 71 71
10
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
SECTION 1 K SELF DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
1. Summary of Self-Diagnosis Function - This device includes a self-diagnosis function. - In case of abnormalities, the POWER/STANDBY indicator automatically blinks. It is possible to predict the abnormality location by the number of blinks. The Instruction Manual describes blinking of the POWER/STANDBY indicator. - If the symptom is not reproduced sometimes in case of a malfunction, there is recording of whether a malfunction was generated or not. Operate the remote command to confirm the matter on the screen and to predict the location of the abnormality.
2. Diagnosis Items and Prediction of Malfunction Location - When a malfunction occurs the POWER/STANDBY indicator only blinks for one of the following diagnosis items. In case of two or more malfunctions, the item which first occurred blinks. If the malfunctions occurred simultaneously, the item with the lower blink count blinks first. - The screen display displays the results regarding all the diagnosis items listed below. The display "0" means that no malfunctions occurred. Number of times Diagnosis Item POWER/STANDBY indicator blinks Probable Cause Location
Defected symptoms
Temp error
2 times
- Set temperture is high. - Temp sensor connector is not attached securely. - No picture/No sound (CN7020 on HB board, CN7180 on S2 board) - Lamp cover is not attached securely. - No picture/No sound -Lamp is not set securely. - F an 1-4 power is not supplied. (AGU board) - Fan connector is not attached securely. -Fan caught wires or harnesses. - Lamp driver is faulty.
Lamp cover error
3 times
Fan stopped
4 times
- No picture/No sound
Lamp driver error Low B error
5 times 6 times
- B_12V is not supplied. - No picture/No sound (GT board)

- Short-circuit of Audio power supply line. -Blow out of fuse. (PS3001 on K board) -IC failure. (IC3005 on K board) -B -12V is over voltage. (B board) -Q_10.5V is over voltage. (GT board)
Audio error
7 times
D-OVP error ATSC OVP Lamp error
8 times 10 times LAMP-LED flashes
- No picture/No sound - No picture/No sound
- Lamp for the light source burns out.
11
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
3. Blinking count display of POWER/STANDBY indicator - One blink is not used for self-diagnosis. - Example Diagnosis item
PUSH OPEN
LED blinks 3 times 4 times
TIMER
LAMP
POWER/STANDBY
POWER
Lamp cover
Indicators
Fan
LED ON : 0.3sec LED OFF : 0.3sec
LED OFF 3.0sec
- Release of POWER/STANDBY indicator blinking The POWER/STANDBY indicator blinking display is released by removing the plug from the power or leaving for 2 minutes.
4. Self-diagnosis screen displays - In cases of malfunctions where it is not possible to determine the symptom such as when the power goes off occasionally or when the screen disappears occasionally, there is a screen display on whether the malfunction occurred or not in the past (and whether the detection circuit operated or not) in order to allow confirmation. <Screen Display Method> - Quickly press the remote command button in the following order from the standby state. DISPLAY Channel 5 Vol POWER
SELF CHECK 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 : LAMP_ERROR : TEMP_ERROR : LAMP_TEMP : LAMP_COVER : FAN_ERROR : LAMP_DRIVER : LOWB_ERROR : AUDIO_PROT : D_OVP : ATSC_OVP 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
Be aware that this differs from the method of entering the service mode (Vol +).
- Numeral "1" means a fault was detected one time - Numeral "0" means that no fault was detected
12
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
- The results display is not automatically cleared. In case of repairs and after repairs, check the self-diagnosis screen and be sure to return the results display to "0". - If the results display is not returned to "0" it will not be possible to judge a new malfunction after completing repairs. <Method of Clearing Results Display> 1. Power off (Set to the standby mode) 2. DISPLAY 3. Channel 8 Channel 5 Vol POWER
ENTER
<Method of Ending Self-Diagnosis Screen> - When ending the self-diagnosis screen completely, turn the power switch OFF on the remote commander or the main unit. 5. Self-Diagnosis function operation 2 : Temp When the temperature sensor on the S2 board detects high temperature, or IIC line connector (CN8410:AGU board, CN7180:S2 board) is not seated securely, the TV-micro tums off the lamp. When the temperature sensor on the HB board detects high temperature, or IIC line connector (CN8004:AGU board, CN7020:HB board) is not seated securely, the TV-micro tums off the lamp. The rib at the back of the lamp cover closes the SW on the T1 board. The lamp closes the SW on the T2 board. It is monitored by the BE micro (pin133 of IC4100) and tums off the lamp when it is opened. Fan rotation is detected by FAN-PROT and the TV-micro (pin 38 of IC8002) tums off the lamp when it is high. When the LAMP-PROT (pin132 of IC4100) is high, the lamp is not tumed on. If the LAMP-HV-DET (pin134 of IC4100) is low at the same time, it is classified as no high voltage of the lamp driver. When no B_12V is detected, pin 128 of TV-micro is low and it tums off the main power. When DC voltage is detected at the speaker output, pin 149 of TV-micro is low and it tums off the main power. When overvoltage of B_12V is detected, pin 127 of TV-micro is low and it tums off the main power. When overvoltage of Q_10.5 V is detected, pin 126 of TV-micro is low and it tums off the main power. When the LAMP-PROT (pin132 of IC4100) is high, the lamp is not tumed on. If the LAMP-HV-DET (pin134 of IC4100) is high at the same time, it is classified as no lamp or a dead lamp.
: Lamp cover
: Fan
: Lamp Driver
: Low B error
: Audio
: D-OVP
10
: ATSC-OVP
LAMP
: Lamp
13
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
BLOCK DIAGRAM
AGU board IC8002 TV Micro-computer 4 7 10 FAN-ERR IIC-TV LB-ERR 128 38 13 CN8002 +12V Fan1 Fan2 Fan3 Fan4
S2 board IC7180 Temp. Sensor HB board IC7021 Temp. Sensor K board
IIC-TV
Audio Amp. QM board
B board 13 149 SP_PROT BE-OVP 127 B_12V IC4100 BE Micro-computer 126 ATSC-OVP IIC IIC
ATSC 10.5V T2 board 3 SW 1 T1 board 1 SW 3 15 CN8410 13 Lamp HV-DET Lamp Driver 12 CN8410 7 1 CN8410 14 CN8403 2
CN8003 8 5 CN8003 CN8003 7 7 132 LAMP-PROT 8 5 133 LAMP COVER
134 LAMP-HV-DET
14
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
Reading Lamp and Panel time Use the following to determine the lamp and panel time of a set. Screen Display Method In standby mode, press the buttons on the Remote Commander sequentially, in rapid succession, as shown below: 1. Press Display , Channel 5 , Sound Volume + , Power ON 2. To enter BE-micro service menu, press JUMP 2 times. CONFIGRATION CP18_COLOR_SYS 00 00 SERVICE BE Micro
00A0
3. To display the lamp time, press Channel-4. The screen displays: Total lamp time is 14 hours 4. To display the panel time, press Channel-4. The screen displays: Total panel time is 14 hours GW_SPECIAL PANEL_TIME GW_SPECIAL LAMP_TIME
m
34 02
Press Channel-4 00000014 SERVICE BE Micro
m
34 01
Press Channel-4 SERVICE BE Micro
00000014
m
5. To display the lamp time clear, press Channel-5 7 times and Channel-1. OPTION_E LAMP 20 01
Press Channel-5 7 times, Channel-1 0000 SERVICE BE Micro
To reset the lamp time press Channel-3 > MUTING > ENT. WRITE (Character color is red) is momentarily displayed and the lamp time is reset to 0. Exiting Service Mode After completing the changes exit service mode by turning off the set using the Remote Commander or the power switch.
15
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
SECTION 2 K DISASSEMBLY
2-1. REAR COVER
E42A10
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
1 Pull down the claw Lamp door
E50A10
16
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
2-2. SERVICE POSITION
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
3 Side stay (L) 1 2 screws (+BVTP 4x16) 4 7 screws (+BVTP 4x16) 5 Pull out B block slightly
7 Loosen wire holders
6 Pull out chassis block slightly
17
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
8 Loosen wire holders
K board assembly
9 Turn chassis dssembly
GT board B side
2-3. ANTENNA SWITCH, QU BLOCK ASSEMBLY
1 Screw (+BVTP 4x16) 2
0 Screw (+BVTP 4x16)
9 Pod cover backward 8 Screw (+BVTP 4x16)
3 2 hexdgonal washers 4 Antenna switch bracket
qs QU block assembly
6 Antenna switch
5 5 connectors
qa Connector
18
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
2-4. K BOARD
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
1 2 screws (+BVTP 4x16)
3 3 connectors
2 Pull out K board assembly
K board
2-5. TERMINAL BRACKET
2-6. HPC BOARD
3 1 2 connectors
HPC baord
2 2 screws (+PVTP 4x16) Terminal brdcket Terminal bracket
19
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
2-7. B BLOCK
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
1 Connector
B block
B block
2 3 connectors
3 4 connectors
2-8. OU BRACKET
3 OU bracket
2 5 screws (+PSW M3x8) 1 6 screws ( (+PSW M 3x8) )
2-9. B BOARD
2 4 screws (+PSW M3x8)
1 3 connector
B board
20
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
2-10. B, QM AND QT BOARDS
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
B, QM and QT boa ards 3
Shield case (DIGITAL)
2-11.
QT BOARD
1 Place the pod bracket assembly upside down.
2 3 connector
QT board
3 3 screws (+PSW M3x8)
2-12.
QM BOARD
2-13. P BOARD
1 Upper lid of shield case 2 5 screws (+PSW M3x8) 2 Connector
AGU board
3 QM board 1 3 connectors 3 2 screws (+PSW M3x8)
21
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
2-14. AGU BOARD
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
2 AUG board
1 Connector
2-15.
DC FAN
80 fan plate 1 Screw (+BVTP 4x16)
DC fan
22
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
2-16. MAIN DUCT (R) 2-17.
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
DUCT BLOCK ASSEMBLY (WITHOUT MAIN DUCT (R))
2 Pull out duct block assembly 2 Pull out main duct (R) 1 2 screws (+BVTP 4x16)
1 Screw (+BVTP 4x16)
2-18.
D.C. FAN (SIROCCO)
Lamp duct cover 5 Remove D.C. fan (sirrocco) upward 1 2 claws
4 Remove SIROCCO fan cover upward 3 Screw (+BVTP 4x16)
2-19.
SPEAKER GRILL BLOCK ASSEMBLY
Speaker grill block assembly
23
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
2-20. HA AND HB BOARDS
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
3 HA board 1 Connector 5 2 Screws 4 Connector
2-21.
SCREEN FRAME BLOCK ASSEMBLY
4x13) (E42A10) 4x13) (E50A10)
3 Screen frame block assembly
2-22.
SPEAKERS
2-23.
REAR COVER (WITH MIRROR)
2 Rear cover (with mirror)
2 Speaker 1 2 screws (+PWTP2 4x16)
4 Speaker 3 2 screws (+PWTP2 4x16) 1 4 screws (+BVTP 4x16)
Screen frame block assembly
24
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
2-24. HOW TO REPLACE OPTICS UNIT
2-24-1. Remove Lamp Block (1) Remove '' Door, Lamp ". 2-24-2. Remove Lamp Block (2) Turn left "Lever, Lock" below, and then remove "Door, Lamp".
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
Door, Lamp
A
<A> < REAR VIEW >
Lever, Lock Door, Lamp
2-24-3. Remove Lamp Block (3) Pull the "Lever, Lock" below to remove "Lamp block".
2-24-4. Remove Cover, Rear (1) Take off 11 screws (42"), and then pull out "Cover, Rear".
2 screws
3 screws
2 screws
2 screws
Cover, Rear Lever, Lock Door, Lamp
2 screws
2-24-5. Remove Cover, Rear (1-2) Take off 13 screws (50").

2 screws 3 screws
2-24-6. Remove Cover, Rear (2) It is removed "Cover, Rear".
B
3 screws 3 screw ws
Cover, Rear
2 screws
25
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
2-24-7. Remove Stay (L), Side Take off 4 screws, and then remove 2 "Stay (L), Side".
Stay (L), Sta (L) Side
2 screws s
2 screws
<B>
<C>
2-24-8. Pull Out Some Blocks (1) Take off 4 screws.

2 screws
2-24-9. Pull Out Some Blocks (2) Take off 5 screws.

3 screws
2 screws
<D>
2 screws
<E>
2-24-10. Pull Out Some Blocks (3) Pull out "B block", "Chassis block", and "Duct (R), Main" a little bit.
2-24-11. Pull Out Some Blocks (4) Unlock "Holder, Wire" as shown below.
Holder, Wire ,
Duct (R), Main
B block
Chassis block
26
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
2-24-12. Pull Out Some Blocks (5) Take off 1 screw.

3 screws
F
1 screw <F>
2-24-13. Pull Out Some Blocks (6) Loose 1 special screw. (This screw can not be taken off.)
Optics unit block
G
1 special screw <G>
2-24-14. Pull Out Some Blocks (7) Take off 1 screw.

Optics unit block
<H>
1 special screw
27
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
2-24-15. Pull Out Some Blocks (8) Remove 2 connecters to pull out some blocks as shown below.
I
Connector
<I>
2-24-16. Pull Out Some Blocks (9) Unlock "Purse Lock" to pull out some blocks as shown below.
Purse lock <J>
2-24-17. Pull Out Some Blocks (10) Pull out "B block", "Chassis block", "Duct block", and "Optics Unit block".
2-24-18. Remove Optics Unit Remove all connecters to remove "Optics Unit block" and then it.
Opt tics unit block u Duct block
B block
Ch Chassis bl i block
Optics unit block
28
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
SECTION 3 K ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS

3-1. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT BY REMOTE COMMANDER
By using remote commander (RM-YD003), all circuit adjustments can be made. NOTE : Test Equipment Required. 1. Pattern Generator (with component outputs) 2. Oscilloscope 3. Digital multimeter
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
3-1-2. Service Mode Adjustment

1. The SCREEN displays the item being adjusted. 2. Press 1 or 4 on the remote commander to select the adjustment item. 3. Press 3 or 6 on the remote commander to change the data. 4. Press 2 or 5 on the remote commander to select the category. Every time you press 2 (Category up). 5. If you want to recover the latest values press - then [ENTER] to read the memory. 6. Press [MUTING] then [ENTER] to write into memory. 7. Turn power off. <Method of setting the shipping condition> 1. Service Adjustment mode. 2. Press 8 then [ENTER] 3. Wait until appearing Initial Setup display. 4. Disconnect AC plug and connect again to change factory reset condition completely.
3-1-1. Method of Setting the Service Adjustment Mode

1. Standby mode. (Power off) 2. DISPLAY t 5 t VOL (+) t TV POWER on the remote commander. (Press each button within a second.) The following service screen will appear.
3-1-3. Memory Write Confirmation Method

<TV micro>
STATUS 0 SHUTDOWN_LOG1 ATI SAIPH SERVICE TV MICRO : : : : : : : : : : H05-01.xx 1.xxx x.xxx 1.xxx 1.xxx x.xxx x.xxx x.xxx ---1.xxx
1. After adjustment, turn power off with the remote commander. 2. Turn power on and set to service mode. 3. Call the adjusted items again and confirm they were adjusted.
PROGRAM BOOT CHIMERA PROGRAM PACK OSD NVM A0 NVM AC NVM AE HDMI
3-1-4. Adjusting Buttons and Indicator

TV POWER
MUTING TV/VIDEO POWER TV POWER
MUTING
Adjustment item up Adjustment item down
DVR
DVD/ VCR
SAT/ CABLE
TV
Adjustment category up Data up
FUNCTION
Press JUMP key.
ENT
Data down Adjustment category down
Initialize data (Not stored) User control goes to the standerd state (Shipping Conditions) JUMP
JUMP
ANT
MTS/SAP
FREEZE
SOUND
PICTURE
TV/SAT SUR
WIDE
<Digiotal Module micro>

QM INFO 0 0 SERVICE DTV
GU ID E
DIS PL AY
ENTER
PREV
RN TU RE
WEGA GATE
REPLAY
ADVANCE NEXT
TO O
LS
Press JUMP key.

VISUAL SEARCH
PLAY
DISPLAY
STOP
PAUSE
VOL
CH
<BE micro>
CONFIGRATION 00 0 CP18_COLOR_SYS 00 00A0 SERVICE BE Micro
VOL +
REC REC PAUSE REC STOP
TOP MENU MENU
F1
F2
Press JUMP key.
TV
RM-YD003
29
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
FUNCTION OF KEYS ON COMMANDER 1 4 2 5 3 6 : Changes adjustment item. (item No. moves up) : Changes adjustment item. (item No. moves down) : Changes adjustment category. (category moves up) : Changes adjustment category. (category moves down) : Changes data value. (up) : Changes data value. (down)
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
3-3. IRIS Adjustment

Please check it after the replacement of the following parts. IRIS unit+Optics unit block+C board B board Check values of the service data in NVM on C board #0 #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 BL_U_TOP BL_U_BOTTOM BL_MAX BL_MIN IRIS_GAIN HALL_GAIN
DBL_CTRL_AC Commander Function

Button [MUTING] + [ENTER] - + [ENTER] 8 + [ENTER] Mode WRITE READ RESET Description Writes data to NVM. Reads data from NVM. Set the shipping condition.
and write the same values on C board to the service data in NVM on B board. #0 #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 BL_U_TOP BL_U_BOTTOM BL_MAX BL_MIN IRIS_GAIN HALL_GAIN
3-2. H/V Center Confirmation and Adjustment

Please check the picture horizontal/vertical center after the replacement of the following parts . Optical block Top assembly 1, Check H/V center with 480i monoscope signal in Full mode . 2, If the center is shifted , adjust it with the following service items .
ODHS (for H center) ODVS (for V center)
DBL_CTRL
ODVS
ODHS
30
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
SECTION 4 DIAGRAMS
4-1. BLOCK DIAGRAM (1)
Rear
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
Note: AGU, B, HPC, P and QM boards are supplied as the block for service. C board is included in the Optics Unit Block. (The parts on each boards are not supplied individually.)
CXD9855GP
Rear
AGU
CXA2188Q
AK5357
CS4335
Rear Left Side
31
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
BLOCK DIAGRAM (2)
TO QU BOARD CN7951
TO AGU BOARD CN8006
TO QM BOARD CN7306
2 SCLK 4 SDATA 6 AGC_MUTE/LRCLK FE_SCL 8 FE_SDA 10 RESTE_FE 11 RESET_POD 12 13 XPOD_STBY 14 HACKPOL 33M_CLK 16 18 HIRQ# HACK 20 HD0 22 24 HD1 26 HD2 HD3 28 30 HD4 HD5 32 HD6 34 36 HD7 HA1 37 CS# 38 HA0 39 40 HRW 42 FE_SYNC 44 FF_SCLK 46 FE_SDATA FE_VAL 48
7 9 10
12 13 14
2 4 5
AGC_MUTE
POD_VCC POD_VPP TU_R_OUT TU_L_OUT
AFT_OUT TU_V_OUT TU_SCL TU_SDA
CN7801 POD_VCC
CN7802
NC NC NC
IC7900
FE_SDA RESTE_FE HRESET# XPOD_STBY HACKPOL 33M_CLK HIRQ# HACK# HD0 HD1 HD2 HD3 HD4 HD5 HD6 HD7 HA1 HCS HA0 HRW# TU_SSYNC TU_TSCLK TU_TSDATA TU_TSENA
POD INTERFACE CONTROLLER
AUDIO R
VIDEO
AUDIO L
CN7903
70 69 58 68 57 67 56 66 54 65 55 52
FE_SCL
TU7800 TUNER DET_OUT VHF/UHF CABLE R_OUT L_OUT AFT_OUT AGC_IN

VIDEO AUDIO R AUDIO L
Q7802 BUFFER
VIDEO AUDIO R AUDIO L
33M_CLK HRESET# HACKPOL HIRQ# HACK# HD0 HD1 HD2 HD3 HD4 HD5 HD6 HD7 HA0 HA1 HCS
Q7803 AGC AMP
IC7806
NTSC/ATSC TUNING SELECT
15 2 14 12 11 10 9
TU_SDA TU_SDA TU_CLK TU_CLK 12C_SW FAT_LOCK D7802 (FAT LOCK) D7801 (FDC LOCK)
Y Y0 X X0 A B C
Y1 1 X1 13 TU_TSDATA TU_TSCLK TU_TSENA TU_SSYNC
IC7807
DATA SWITCH
3 6 8 11 1 4 10 13
FDC_LOCK
1Y 2Y 3Y 4Y 1OEN 2OEN 3OEN 4OEN
1A 2 2A 5 3A 9 4A 12
HRW#
IC7906
3 5 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 79 81 80 82
CLK HRESET# HACKPOL HIRQ HACK HD0_SDA HD1_SCL HD2 HD3 HD4 HD5 HD6 HD7 HA0 HA1 HCS HRW
CD2# MDO2 D2 MDO1 D1 MDO0 D0 MOSTRT A0 MOVAL A1 A2 A3 WAIT# A4_CTX RST A5 A6 MDI7 A7 MDI6 MDI5 MCLKI MDI4 MIVAL
PODVCC
53 64 51 63 48 46 62 47 61 60 45 59 44
98 TDO 99 TOCLK 96 TOVAL 100 TOSTRT
DATA0/SDATA MPEG_CLK MPEG_ENA CRX DRX RESET DEM_SDA DEM_CLK MPEG_ERR RESTE_FE FE_SDA FE_SCL
XPOD_STBY
MPEG_SDATA MPEG_CLK MPEG_ENA
73 72 71 76 78
TID TICLK TIVAL CRX DRX
3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 26 27 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 NC 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78
CD2# MDO2 D2 MDO1 D1 MDO0 D0 MOSTRT A0 MOVAL A1 A2 INPACK# A3 WAIT# A4_CTX RESET A5_ITX A6_ETX MDI7 A7_QTX MDI6 A12 MDI5 MCLKI MDI4 MIVAL VPP-1, 2 VCC MDI3 IREQ# MDI2 WE# MDI1 MCK0 MDI0 A13 MISTRT A8_CRX IOWR# A9_DRX IORD# A11 VS1# OE# CE2# A10 MDO7 CE1# MDO6 D7 MDO5 D6 MDO4 D5 MDO3 D4 CD1# D3 TO QU BOARD CN7953
PODVCC
PODVPP
Q7804,7805 LED DRIVER
D7803 (ERROR)
MDI3 IREQ# MDI2 WE# MDI1 MCK0 MDI0 MISTRT A8_CRX IOWR# A9_DRX IORD# A11 OE# CE2# A10 MDO7 CE1# MDO6 D7 MDO5 D6 MDO4 D5 MDO3 D4 CD1# D3
28 43 26 42 25 41 23 21 40 20 39 19 37 35 18 34 17 33 16 32 15 31 14 29 13 30 12 27
32V DC/DC CONVERTER Q7806,7807 B+ SWITCH 1 VIN 2 OSC +10.5V VOUT 4 DK 3 +32V
IC7804
IC7803
9V REG. 1 VIN VOUT 5 +9V
CN7800 TO QM BOARD CN7307 10.5V 6.0V 3.4V 1.5V 2 4 6 8 +6.0V
3 ON/OFF VADJ 4
IC7802
5V REG. 2 VIN 1 CTRL VOUT 4 +5V
5V REG. 2 VIN 1 CTRL +3.4V VOUT 4 POD_5V
11
VPPSEL
IC7808
IC7906
POWR SWITCH POD_5V +1 .8V +3.4V 2 4 3 5 IN1 EN1 IN2 EN2# OUT1 7 OUT2 6 PODVPP
IC7801
1.8V REG. 1 VIN 3 CE VOUT 5
+1.5V
IC7800
1.1V REG. 4 VIN VOUT 5 2 VBIAS ENA/ADJ 1 +1.1V
IC7906
POWR SWITCH 2,3 IN 4 EN# OUT 5-8
PODVCC
QT (TUNER, POD INTERFACE CONTROLLER, POWER SUPLLY)

32
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
BLOCK DIAGRAM (3)
IC3002 (1/2)
CN3002 A_MUTE M_RST 14 6 D+3.3V BUFFER 5 6 4
IC3006
PCM/PWM PROCESSOR 19 SOFTMUTE 27 INIT XFSDIN 48 X3001 49.1MHz
IC3007
CLOCK GENERATOR 4 2
IC3004
BUS BUFFER 2 4 3 6 8 7 9 18 16 17 14 12 13 11 22 SCSHIFT 21 SCDT 23 SCLATCH 31 30 29 36 25 24 DATA BCK LRCK XFSDN DVF FLAGL DVF FLAGR OUTL1 OUTL2 OUTR1 OUTR2
SCSHIFT SCDT DF_FLAG KCLATCH TO AGU BOARD CN8001 LR_DATA BCLK LRCK MCLK
11 9 8 7 5 3 4 1
IC3005
DIGITAL POWER AMP AUDIO L 11 9 AUDIO R 6 4 AUDIO L 32 30 AUDIO R 25 22 AUDIO L LPF AUDIO R 1 2 3 4 CN3003 L+ LR+ RSPEAKER (L-CH)
4 6 14 16
PWM_A PWM_B PWM_C PWM_D
OUT_A OUT_B OUT_C OUT_D
AMP_RST
12 11 12 13
5 /RST_AB 15 /RST_CD 3 /SD
Q3002,3003 Q3005,3006 ZERO VOLTAGE DETECT Q3004 PROTECT
SPEAKER (R-CH)
SP-PROT 3.3V_SW
13 15
IC3002 (2/2)
GATE +12V +3.3V +1.8V 4
IC3001
+12V REG. 3 VOUT VIN 1
PS3001
CN3001 4 3 2 1 PVDD PVDD GND GND
IC3003
+3.3V REG.
ON OFF CONT 2
TO GT BOARD CN6002
IC3008
+1.8V REG.
3 VOUT VIN 1 ON OFF CONT 2
K (AUDIO AMP)
33
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
BLOCK DIAGRAM (4)
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
CN7952 CD2# MDO2 D2 MDO1 D1 MDO0 D0 MOSTRT A0 MOVAL A1 A2 INPACK# A3 WAIT# A4_CTX RESET A5_ITX A6_ETX MDI7 A7_QTX MDI6 A12 MDI5 MCLKI MDI4 MIVAL VPP-2 VPP-1 VCC VCC MDI3 IREQ# MDI2 WE# MDI1 MCK0 MDI0 A13 MISTRT A8_CRX IOWR# A9_DRX IORD# A11 VS1# OE# CE2# A10 MDO7 CE1# MDO6 D7 MDO5 D6 MDO4 D5 MDO3 D4 CD1# D3 B33 B32 A32 B31 A31 B30 A30 B29 A29 B28 A28 A27 B26 A26 B25 A25 B24 A24 A23 B22 A22 B21 A21 B20 A20 B19 A19 B18 A18 B17 A17 B16 A16 B15 A15 B14 A14 B13 A13 B12 A12 B11 A11 B10 A10 B9 A9 B8 A8 B7 A7 B6 A6 B5 A5 B4 A4 B3 A3 B2 A2 3 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13 14 15 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 26 27 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 40 41 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78
CN7953 CD2# MDO2 D2 MDO1 D1 MDO0 D0 MOSTRT A0 MOVAL A1 A2 INPACK# A3 WAIT# A4_CTX RESET A5_ITX A6_ETX MDI7 A7_QTX MDI6 A12 MDI5 MCLKI MDI4 MIVAL VPP-1, 2 VCC MDI3 IREQ# MDI2 WE# MDI1 MCK0 MDI0 A13 MISTRT A8_CRX IOWR# A9_DRX IORD# A11 VS1# OE# CE2# A10 MDO7 CE1# MDO6 D7 MDO5 D6 MDO4 D5 MDO3 D4 CD1# D3 CN7951 VCC VCC VPP
Cable Card
TO QT BOARD CN7903
1 2 5
TO QT BOARD CN7904
QU (CABLE CARD
CONNECTOR)
34
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
BLOCK DIAGRAM (5)
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
IC7180 CN7180 TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 1 8 4 3 1 SCL_TV SDA_TV SET_5V TO AGU BOARD CN8410
S2 (LAMP TEMPERATURE )
S7150 CN7150 LAMP DOOR DETECTION 1 2 3 LAMP_COV NC GND TO AGU BOARD CN8410
T1 (LAMP DOOR DETECTION )
S7155 CN7155 LAMP CONNECTOR DETECTION 1 2 3 LAMP_COV NC GND TO AGU BOARD CN8403
T2 (LAMP CONNECTOR DETECTION )
35
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
BLOCK DIAGRAM (6)
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
CN7000 2 3 1 S7005 VEGA GATE S7004 TV/VIDEO S7003 VOLS7002 VOL+ S7001 CHS7000 CH+ KEY NC GND TO AGU BOARD CN8004
HA (PANEL SWITCH )
G R Q7023 LED DRIVER Q7022 LED DRIVER G R Q7021 LED DRIVER Q7022 LED DRIVER STBY +3.3V 15 13 12 11 8 9 CN7020 STBY+3.3V TIMER_LED P_MUTE_LED LAMP_LED POW_LED STBY_LED TO AGU BOARD CN8004 7 S7020 POWER 2 1 8 5 SIRCS P.ON Q7024 LED DRIVER
TIMER
D7024
LAMP
D7023
POWER/ D7022 STANDBY
IC7020
OUT
IC7021 TEMPERATURE SENSOR
4 3 1
SCL SDA 5V
HB (SIRCS, LED)
J7100 PR/CR PB/CB
CN7102 5 COMP2_CR 3 COMP2_CB 1 COMP2_Y
TO AGU BOARD CN8814
VIDEO/HD/DVD IN2 (1080i/720p/480p/480i)
J7101 VIDEO L (MONO)
CN7101 1 2 4 5 COMP DET V2-V V2-L V2-R TO AGU BOARD CN8400
AUDIO R
HC (VIDEO 2 INPUT)
36
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
BLOCK DIAGRAM (7)
T6000 D6000 RECT 11 R6006 10 VG(H) 16 1 VSENSE VS 15 VG(L) 14 Q6008 DRIVE 2 DCP 9 Q6001 DRIVE 1 18
D6043 RECT.
R6100 1 3
CN6018 LAMP DC LAMP GND TO LAMP DRIVER
IC6012
VCC +10V REG D6018 D6020 OUT CN6009 2 4 5 8 9 17V 6V 6V 3.3V 3.3V
IC6003
VCC +9V REG OUT SET 9V
17
TO C BOARD CN604
16
REG_12V UNREG_6V CN6019 FAN_VCC FAN_VCC SET 9V SET 5V SET 5V
15 D6015 VC1 8 DCP 9 4 14 13 5 12
D6019 VCC
IC6002
+5V REG OUT SET5V SET 5V
IC6007
1 +3.3V REG. 2 D6029 RECT. 1
9 10 16 19 20
IC6000
SWITCHING REGULATOR
IC6009
4 DC/DC CONVERTER 2 L6002
8 PH6003 1 RELAY_VCC 3 2
SHUNT REGULATOR
IC6001
23 SET 3.3V 24 SET 3.3V 28 STBY 5V 31 B-12V 32 B-12V 35 AUDIO 5V 38 UNREG_6V 40 UNREG_6V 45 Q_10.5V 46 Q_10.5V 49 Q_5V RELAY_VCC 11 RELAY_VCC 12 AC_RLY 13 SUB_ON CN6002 4 3 2 1 AU_VCC AU_VCC AU_GND AU_GND
TO AGU BOARD CN8401
Q6007 RELAY DRIVER RY6001 PH6001
Q6303,6304 DELAY GATE
TO K BOARD CN3001
D6300 RY6002
SET 5V Q10.5V
F6001 L6012 CN6010 AC IN AC (L) 2 AC (N) 1
L6011
D6289 RECT
T6004 R6045 6 7,8 D6301 Q6000,6009 B+ SWITCH 1
IC6005
+5V REG. 5 Q5V SUB-ON
IC6008
SWITCHING REGULATOR 7 9 4 1 2 D6298 3 1 PH6002 1 3 D6284 PH6004 2 4 11,12 VCC 2
IC6004
+5V REG. OUT STBY 5V
IC6010
SHUNT REGULATOR
GT
Q6010,6011
(POWER SUPPLY)
37
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
4-2. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
7
CN5003 to AGU (L type) ACN MAIN GRN/Y GND ACN MAIN BLUE/U GND ACN MAIN RED/V GND ACN MAIN CV/Y GND ACN MAINC GND ACN SUB GRN/Y GND ACN SUB BLUE/U GND ACN SUB RED/V GND ACN SUB HS GND ACN SUB VS GND
10
LVDS
11
actual connection: 17pins(LVDS) CN5401 to C TATA+ DRAIN(GND) TBTB+ DRAIN(GND) TCTC+ DRAIN(GND) TCLKTCLK+ DRAIN(GND) TDTD+ DRAIN(GND) TETE+ GND GND GND GND CN5400 to C GND MUTE LVDS PD GND SDA SCL WP-C WP-LUT PAWN_RST
12
13
C
Note: The parts on this board are not supplied individually for service.
1 2 3
HA
CN7000 to AGU GND KEY GND GH
HB
LVDS
CN to BE 1 TA2 TA+ 3 DRAIN(GND) 4 TB5 TB+ 6 DRAIN(GND) 7 TC8 TC+ 9 DRAIN(GND) 10 TCLK11 TCLK+ 12 DRAIN(GND) 13 TD14 TD+ 15 DRAIN(GND) 16 TE17 TE+ 18 GND 19 GND 20 GND 21 GND actual connection:17pins(LVDS) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 CN7020 to AGU 5V GND SDA SCL P_ON GND SIRCS POW_LED STBY_LED GND LAMP_LED P_MUTE_LED TIMER_LED GND STBY 3.3V
10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 CN7201 (PA) GND PC-R GND PC-G GND PC-B GND PC-H GND PC-V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
CN5004 to AGU GND GND GND GND PANEL_VCC PANEL_VCC PANEL_VCC MAIN11V MAIN11V PC3.3V GND PA
HPC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CN604 to G GND +17V GND + 6.5V +6.5V GND GND + 3.3V + 3.3V GND GH
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
CN602 to BE GND MUTE LVDS PD GND SDA SCL WP-C WP-LUT yobi GH
1 2 3 4 5
CN7202 (PA) L GND R GND SW_5V GH
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
CN5000 GND MAIN GRN/Y GND MAIN BLUE/U GND MAIN RED/V GND MAIN CV/Y GND MAIN C GND SUB GRN/Y GND SUB BLUE/U GND SUB RED/V GND SUB HS GND SUB VS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
CN5001 GND GND GND GND PANEL VCC PANEL VCC PANEL VCC MAIN 11V MAIN 11V PC3.3V GND
T2
1 2 3
CN7155 LAMP_POS NC GND GH
1 2 3 4 5 6P 7 8 9 10
D
T1
CN6009 to C GND +17V GND + 6.5V +6.5V GND GND + 3.3V + 3.3V GND XA
1 2 3
CN7150 LAMP_COV NC GND GH
CN6013 GND CN6014 GND CN6015 GND
S2
BiMetal
1 1
1 2 3 4 5
CN7180 SET_5V GND SDA_TV SCL_TV GND GH
Fasten 187 Thermo Fasten 187 Thermo
FAN1
FAN2 FAN3 FAN4
GT
R
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
(B to B) CN6019 to A GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND UNREG_11V UNREG_11V RELAY_VCC AC_RLY SUB_ON LOW_B_DET AC_OFF_DET SET 9V GND GND SET 5V SET 5V GND GND SET 3.3V SET 3.3V GND GND GND STBY 5V GND GND B_10.5V B_10.5V GND GND AUDIO 5V AUDIO_GND SP_MUTE AUDIO_MUTE AUDIO_GND AUDIO_R AUDIO_GND AUDIO_L Q_GND Q_GND Q_10.5V Q_10.5V GND GND Q_5V GND
1 2 3 4 5
CN8815 PC_L GND PC_R GND SW_5V GH
1 (VH, PC Board) CN6018 to LAMP Driver LAMP DC NC LAMP GND VH (POWER) CN6010 AC AC (N) AC (L) VT
CN6011 GND CN6012 GND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
(B to B) CN8401 to G GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND +12V +12V RELAY_VCC AC_RLY SUB_ON GND GND SET 9V GND GND SET 5V SET 5V GND GND SET 3.3V SET 3.3V GND GND GND STBY 5V GND GND +12V +12V GND GND AUDIO 5V AUDIO_GND AUDIO_GND UNREG_6V GND UNREG_6V GND GND Q_GND Q_GND Q_10.5V Q_10.5V GND GND Q_5V GND CN8403 to QM LAMP_POS GND GND/UNREG_11V SPDIF GND SDAT GND LRCK GND SCLK GND MCLK GH CN8406 FB(-) DRIVE(-) HOUT(-) HIN(-) HOUT(+) HIN(+) FB(+) DRIVE(+) GH
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
(L-TYPE, Header) SHLD CN8004 to HA, HB 5V GND SDA_ SCL P_ON GND SIRCS GND POW_LED NC STBY_LED NC LAMP_LED GND P_MUTE_LED GND TIMER_LED GND STBY 3.3V KEY To HB --- 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,11,13,14,15,17,19 To HA --- 16,18,20
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
CN8405 to B GND GND GND GND PANEL_VCC PANEL_VCC PANEL_VCC +12V +12V PC_3.3V GND PA
AGU
1 2
1 2
1 2 3 4
CN6002 AU_GND AU_GND AU_VCC AU_VCC PA
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CN8410 5V GND SDA_5V SCL_5V GND NC LAMP_PROT GND LAMP_5V LAMP_CTRL 100W/120W GND HV_DET LAMP_COVER(+) LAMP_COVER(-) GH CN8002 STBY 5V RELAY_VCC FAN 1_POW FAN 1_PROT GND FAN 2_POW FAN 2_PROT GND FAN 3_POW FAN 3_PROT GND FAN 4_POW FAN 4_PROT GND GH
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42
CN8008(for JIG) GND GND E_MD E_BINT SCL_TV SDA_TV NC(IIC1) NC(IIC1) NC(IIC2) NC(IIC2) SCL_E SDA_E 3.3V NC TV_TXD TV_RXD E_TXD E_RXD NC(UART3) NC(UART3) 5V 5V NC(USB1) NC(USB1) NC(USB1) NC NC(USB2) NC(USB2) NC(USB2) 3.3V NC(USB3) NC(USB3) NC(USB3) NC TV_RST E_RST MD0 DTT_LOG TU_V_OOUT GND GND GND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
(Straight, Header) CN8003 to B MAIN_YS GND FH_SUB FV_SUB LAMP_HVDET PC_WAKEUP_INT LAMP_PROT LAMP_COVER PANEL_SCL SDA_PANEL GND BE_WDT VSW_VS VSW_HS FH_MAIN FV_MAIN FR_RST CMCPU_BUSY LAMP_CTRL FR_RST_INT ACOFF_DET DIMMER GND GND CMCPU_SDA CMCPU_SCL CMCPU_TXD CMCPU_RXD GND GND IRIS_HALL FR_FLASH LUMI_DET BE_BINT JIG_FRRST JIG_BINT JIG_API_TXD JIG_API_RXD GND GND SHLD
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
(Straight, Header) CN8404 to B MAIN GRN/Y GND MAIN BLUE/U GND MAIN RED/V GND MAIN CV/Y GND MAINC GND SUB GRN/Y GND SUB BLUE/U GND SUB RED/V GND SUB HS GND SUB VS GND SHLD CN8001 MCLK GND BCLK LRCK LR_DATA M_RST SCLATCH1 OF_FLAG SCDT GND SCSHIFT AMP_RST SP_PROT A_MUTE 3.3V_SW GH
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CN 4601 GND PC-R GND PC-G GND PC-B GND PC-H GND PC-V PA
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CN 4600 GND PC-R GND PC-G GND PC-B GND PC-H GND PC-V
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
CN5005 to AGU MAINYS GND FH SUB FV SUB LAMP_HVDET PC_WAKEUP LAMP_PROT LAMP_COVER PANEL_SCL PANEL_SDA GND BE-WDG VSW_VS VSW_HS FH MAIN FV MAIN FR_RST CM_BUSY BACKLIGHT FR_RST_INT ACOFFDET IRIS_CTL GND GND CMCPU SDA CMCPU SCL CMCPU TXD CMCPU RXD GND GND HALL_OUT FR_FLASH LUMIDET CM_BINT JIG FRRST JIG BINT JIG API TXD JIG API RXD GND GND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
CN4801 to QG GND (GND or DTT_DE) GND (GND) GND (GND) (GND) (GND) DTT_MUTE GND GND M_D2CLK GND M_D2V GND M_D2H GND DT_DC7 GND DT_DC6 GND DT_DC5 GND DT_DC4 GND DT_DC3 GND DT_DC2 GND DT_DC1 GND DT_DC0 GND DT_DY7 GND DT_DY6 GND DT_DY5 GND DT_DY4 GND DT_DY3 GND DT_DY2 GND DT_DY1 GND DT_DY0 GND (straight)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
CN4802 to QG GND SCL(NC) SDA(NC) GND PC_EXIST_H(NC) PC_EXIST_V(NC) PC_WAKEUP(NC) A_CMRST(NC) A_CMBUSY(NC) C_BOOT(NC) NC GND Tx(NC) Rx(NC) GND DTOSD_R0IN GND DTOSD_R1IN GND DTOSD_R2IN GND DTOSD_R3IN GND DTOSD_R4IN GND DTOSD_R5IN GND DTOSD_R6IN GND DTOSD_R7IN GND DTOSD_G0IN GND DTOSD_G1IN GND DTOSD_G2IN GND DTOSD_G3IN GND DTOSD_G4IN GND DTOSD_G5IN GND DTOSD_G6IN GND DTOSD_G7IN GND DTGRACKIN GND (straight)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
CN4803 to QG GND DT_GRAVSIN GND DT_GRAHSIN GND DTOSD_B0IN GND DTOSD_B1IN GND DTOSD_B2IN GND DTOSD_B3IN GND DTOSD_B4IN GND DTOSD_B5IN GND DTOSD_B6IN GND DTOSD_B7IN GND DTOSD_A0IN GND DTOSD_A1IN GND DTOSD_A2IN GND DTOSD_A3IN GND DTOSD_A4IN GND DTOSD_A5IN GND DTOSD_A6IN GND DTOSD_A7IN GND CLKGO GND VSGO GND HSGO GND ACOFFDET
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41
CN5403 GND PANEL_SDA PANEL_SCL BINT_WPC GND LCD_DCCSEL0 LCD_DCCSEL1 PAWN RST LVDS_PD IRQRET LUT0/PLERST LUT1/CPUGO LCD_LUT2 ACC/PDPGO LCD_BBCSEL GND(LVDS-TE) TE+ TEGND(LVDS-TD) TD+ TDGND(LVDS-CLK) TCLK+ TCLKGND(LVDS-TC) TC+ TCGND(LVDS-TB) TB+ TBGND(LVDS-TA) TA+ TAGND GND GND VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
GH
CN4003 for JIG UVCC XTRST XRSTIN XINIT BREAK ICD3 ICD2 ICD1 ICD0 ICS2 ICS1 ICS0 GND ICLK FFC/FPC(SB-L5905)
GND (straight)
1 2 3 4
CN4150 XX GND B_INT SDA_A SCL_A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
1 2 3 4
CN7903(2/2) GND GND GND GND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CN7800 GND 10.5V GND 6.0V GND 3.4V GND 1.5V CN7801 3.3V 3.3V GND 5.0V TU_R_OUT GND TU_L_OUT GND AFT_OUT TU_V_OUT GND TU_SCL TU_SDA AGC_MUTE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
CN8005 to QM 10.5V/+12V 10.5V/+12V GND GND JIG_TXD JIG_RXD GND ATSC_RST ATSC_TXD ATSC_RXD ANT_SW1 GND Q_5V Q_10.5V PA
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
CN to AGU HOLE10 HOLE8 HOLE11 HOLE9 BRAKE6 BRAKE7 BRAKE4 BRAKE5
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
IRIS
HVDET
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
1 2 3 4 5 6
CN8814 COMP2_Y GND COMP2_CB GND COMP2_CR GND PA
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
CN8007(for JIG) UVCC XTRST XRSTIN XINIT BREAK ICD3 ICD2 ICD1 ICD0 ICS2 ICS1 ICS0 GND ICLK FFC/FPC
CN8400 to HC 1 COMP_DET 2 V2_Y 3 GND 4 V2_L 5 V2_R 6 GND GH
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CN8006 SUB_V GND TU_R GND TU_L GND AFT TU_V GND TU_SCL TU_SDA AGC GH (L-TYPE, PC Board) CN8402 to P 11V RESET CEC SCLK SDAT A GND R L GND PR GND PB GND Y GND GH
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
CN7802 GND SCL SDA SDATA GND AG_MUTE/LRCLK GND FE_SCL GND FE_SDA RESET_FE RESET_POD XPOD_STBY HACKPOL GND 33M_CLK GND HIRO# GND HACK GND HD0 GND HD1 GND HD2 GND HD3 GND HD4 GND HD5 GND HD6 GND HD7 HA1 CS# HA0 HRW GND FE_SYNC GND FE_SCLK GND FE_SDATA GND FE_VAL GND
QT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80
CN7903(1/2) GND GND CD2# IOIS16# MDO2 D2 MDO1 D1 MDO0 Do MOSTRT GND A0 MOVAL A1 REG# A2 INPACK# A3 GND WAIT# A4_CTX RESET A5_ITX VS2# A6_ETX MDI7 GND A7_QTX MDI6 A12 MD15 MCLKI MDI4 MIVAL VPP-2 VPP-2 VPP-2 VPP-1 VPP-1 VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC MDI3 IREQ# MDI2 WE#
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CN3002 MCLK GND BCLK LRCK LR_DATA M_RST SCLATCH1 OF_FLAG SCDT GND SCSHIFT AMP_RST SP_PROT A_MUTE 3.3V_SW GH
CN3001 GND GND PVDD PVDD PA
1 2 3 4
CN3003 L+ LR+ RVH
1 2 3 4
MDI1 MCLKO MDI0 GND A13 MISTRT A8_CRX IOWR# A9_DRX IORD# A11 GND VS1# OE# CE2# A10 MDO7 CE1# MDO6 GND D7 MDO5 D6 NDO4 D5 MDO3 D4 CD1# D3 GND GND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
CN7317 GND_1 DT_DY0 GND_1 DT_DY1 GND_1 DT_DY2 GND_1 DT_DY3 GND_1 DT_DY4 GND_1 DT_DY5 GND_1 DT_DY6 GND_1 DT_DY7 GND_1 DT_DC0 GND_1 DT_DC1 GND_1 DT_DC2 GND_1 DT_DC3 GND_1 DT_DC4 GND_1 DT_DC5 GND_1 DT_DC6 GND_1 DT_DC7 GND_1 M_D2H GND_1 M_D2V GND_1 M_D2CLK GND_1 GND_1 DTT_MUTE TEMPT(GND) TEMP(GND) TEMP(GND) GND_1 TEMP(GND) GND_1 TEMP(GND) GND_1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
CN7316 GND_1 DTSD_GRACKIN GND_1 DYOSD_7IN GND_1 DYOSD_G6IN GND_1 DYOSD_G5IN GND_1 DYOSD_G4IN GND_1 DYOSD_G3IN GND_1 DYOSD_G2IN GND_1 DTOSD_G1IN GND_1 DTOSD_G0IN GND_1 DTOSD_R7IN GND_1 DTOSD_R6IN GND_1 DTOSD_R5IN GND_1 DTOSD_R4IN GND_1 DTOSD_R3IN GND_1 DTOSD_R2IN GND_1 DTOSD_R1IN GND_1 DTOSD_R0IN GND_1 NC NC GND_1 NC NC NC NC NC NC NC GND_1 NC NC GND_1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
CN7315 GND_1 NC NC NC NC NC GND_1 HSGO GND_1 VSGO GND_1 CLKGO GND_1 DYOSD_A7IN GND_1 DTOSD_A6IN GND_1 DTOSD_A5IN GND_1 DTOSD_A4IN GND_1 DTOSD_A3IN GND_1 DTOSD_A2IN GND_1 DTOSD_A1IN GND_1 DTOSD_A0IN GND_1 DTOSD_B7IN GND_1 DTOSD_B6IN GND_1 DTOSD_B5IN GND_1 DTOSD_B4IN GND_1 DTOSD_B3IN GND_1 DTOSD_B2IN GND_1 DTOSD_B1IN GND_1 DTOSD_B0IN GND_1 DT_GRAHSIN GND_1 DT_GRAVSIN GND_1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
CN7313 QT-DET I2S_SCLK GND I2S_SDATA GND AG_MUTE/LRCLK GND FE_SCL GND FE_SDA RESET_FE# RESET_POD# POD_STBY HACKPOL GND 33M_CLK GND HIRO# GND HACK GND HD0 GND HD1 GND HD2 GND HD3 GND HD4 GND HD5 GND HD6 GND HD7 HA1 CS# HA0 HRW GND FE_SYNC GND FE_SCLK GND FE_SDATA GND FE_VAL GND
TO_QT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 CN7903 GND GND CD2# IOIS16# MDO2 D2 MDO1 D1 MDO0 Do MOSTRT GND A0 MOVAL A1 REG# A2 INPACK# A3 GND WAIT# A4_CTX RESET A5_ITX VS2# A6_ETX MDI7 GND A7_QTX MDI6 A12 MD15 MCLKI MDI4 MIVAL VPP-2 VPP-2 VPP-2 VPP-1 VPP-1 VCC VCC VCC VCC VCC MDI3 IREQ# MDI2 WE# 1 2 3 4 5
CN7951
3.3V 3.3V GND GND 5V

CN7952 GND D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 CE1# A10 OE# A11 A9_DRX A8_CRX A13 MCLKO WE# IREQ# VCC VPP-1 MIVAL MCLKI A12 A7_QTX A6_ETX A5_ITX A4_CTX A3 A2 A1 A0 D0 D1 D2 IOIS16# GND GND CD1# MDO3 MDO4 MDO5 MDO6 MDO7 CE2# VS1# IORD# IOWR# MISTRT MDI0 MDI1 MDI2
QM
CN7300 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
TV_RXD TV_TXD
GND GND JG_TXD JG_RXD
ANT_SW1 GND ZM9P ZH9P Q_5V Q_10.5V
1 2 3 4 5
CN to G 1 2 3 LAMP DC NC LAMP GND VH
CN to AGU LAMP_PROT GND LAMP_5V LAMP_CTRL 100W/120W SH 1 2 3 4 5
S Micro
1 2 3 4 5 6
CN7102 COMP2_Y GND COMP2_CB GND COMP2_CR GND PA
1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12
CN7101 to AGU COMP_DET V2_V GND V2_L V2_R NC NC NC NC NC NC GH
HC
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
CN 9504 11V RESET CEC SCLK SDAT A GND R L GND PR GND PB GND Y GND GH
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
CN9505 DEBUG1 BEBUG2 P87 P86 P85 Nmi VCC 3.3V RESET GND SH
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
CN9500 D2 + E D2 D1 + E D1 D0 + E D0 CLK + E CLK CEC NC DDC CLK DDC DAT E DDC +5V HPD
GND BOX_RST-IN TV_TXD TV_RXD

PA
CN7314 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 GND SPDIF GND SDAT GND LRCK GND SCLK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
6 GND
PH
CN7308 GND 10.5V GND 6.0V GND 3.4V GND 1.5V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
USB
"A"receptacle CN7311 VBUS DD+ GND SHIELD SHIELD SHIELD
HDMI Connector
LAMP
Lamp Connector
ANT Sw
GND MCLK
MDI1 MCLKO MDI0 GND A13 MISTRT A8_CRX IOWR# A9_DRX IORD# A11 GND VS1# OE# CE2# A10 MDO7 CE1# MDO6 GND D7 MDO5 D6 NDO4 D5 MDO3 D4 CD1# D3 GND GND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68
MDI3 VCC VPP-2 MDI4 MDI5 MDI6 MDI7 VS2# RESET WAIT# INPACK# REG# MOVAL MOSTRT MDO0 MDO1 MDO2 CD2# GND
QU
J
38
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
4-3. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION
Terminal name of semiconductors in silk screen printed circuit ( )

Device Printed symbol
Terminal name Collector Base Emitter
Circuit
Transistor Collector Base Diode Cathode Anode Cathode Emitter
K QT C HA T2 HC
4 5 6 7 8 9 0 qa qs qd
Diode
2 3
Transistor
Anode
(NC)
Cathode Diode Anode (NC)
Common Diode Anode Diode Cathode Common Anode Diode Cathode
AGU HB GT HPC Power Supply Block QM T1 S2 QU B P
Common Anode Anode
Common Diode Anode Anode
Common Diode Cathode Diode Cathode Common Cathode Anode Anode Cathode Drain Cathode Cathode Anode Anode Source Gate
G D G S S D
Diode Transistor (FET) Transistor (FET) Transistor (FET) Transistor
4-4. SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

Note:
The parts marked # on schematic diagrams are not mounted. All capacitors are in F unless otherwise noted. (pF: F) Capacitors without voltage indication are all 50 V. Indication of resistance, which does not have one for rating electrical power, is as follows. Pitch: 5 mm Rating electrical power 1/4 W (CHIP : 1/10 W) All resistors are in ohms. : nonflammable resistor. 5 : fusible resistor. : internal component. : panel designation, and adjustment for repair. All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B, unless otherwise noted. : earth-ground. : earth-chassis. All voltages are in V. Readings are taken with a 10 M digital multimeter. Readings are taken with a color-bar signal input. Voltage variations may be noted due to normal production tolerances. * : Can not be measured. Circled numbers are waveform references. V : B + bus. V : B bus. F : Signal path. COIL CAPACITOR
qf
Drain
Source Gate Source Drain Gate Emitter Collector Base

D
Reference information
RESISTOR : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : RN RC FPRD FUSE RW RS RB LF-8L TA PS PP PT MPS MPP ALB ALT ALR METAL FILM SOLID NONFLAMMABLE CARBON NONFLAMMABLE FUSIBLE NONFLAMMABLE WIREWOUND NONFLAMMABLE METAL OXIDE NONFLAMMABLE CEMENT MICRO INDUCTOR TANTALUM STYROL POLYPROPYLENE MYLAR METALIZED POLYESTER METALIZED POLYPROPYLENE BIPOLAR HIGH TEMPERATURE HIGH RIPPLE
D G G S
qg qh qj qk ql w; wa ws wd
C1
C2 B2
Transistor
C2 B1 E1 B1 E2 B2 C1 E1 E2
Transistor
C1 B2 E2 E1 B1 C2 B1 C1 C2 B2 E1 E2
Transistor
C1 B2 E2 E1 B1 C2
E1
E2 B2
Transistor
C1 B2 E2 E1 B1 C2
B1 C1 C1(B2) C2 C2
Transistor
E2 B1 E1 C2 C1(B2)
B1 E2 E1(B2) B1 C1 E1(B2) B1 C1 C2 C2 C2 E2 E2
Transistor
(B2) B1 E1 E2 C1 C2
Transistor Discrete semiconductot
(B2) E2 E1 B1 C2 C1
Note: The components identified by shading and mark 0 are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
(Chip semiconductors that are not actually used are included.)
Ver.1.5
39
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
(1) Schematic Diagram of GT Board
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
C6079 XX
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
9
D6034 C6081 D4SBL40 XX
10
11
12
TO LAMP DR CN6018 BLK 3P 1 3 LAMP DC LAMP GND
CN6011 CN6012 CN6013 CN6014 CN6015
CHOKE OUT
CN6017 XX
AC (N) AC (L)
CN6005 XX
CHOKE IN
L6009 1mH R6002 100k 2W RS R6003 100k 2W RS
R6100 0.1 1/2W RF C6084 100 400V
A
E E E E E 1
C6080 XX
JW6015 SG6000 CAM603 JW6017 JL6008 JW6016 CAM600 VD6003 AC (N) 1 2 CAM602 CAM601 JL6009 FH6000 FH6001 F6000 6.3A 250V R6340 R6341 XX XX R6342 R6343 XX R6345 XX XX VD6002 VD6001 XX AC (L) AC IN 120V AC 60Hz CN6010 2P C6274 0.47 250V R6246 8.2M 1/2W RN
C6279 2200p 250V E

R6249 1M 1/2W RN
JL6003 C6280 2200p 250V E JL6002 JL6006 C6004 XX C6005 XX JW6001 JW6002 C6286 0.47 250V PT C6045 0.47 250V PT C6003 XX
JW6013 JW6014 XX XX C6002 XX
VD6000
D6000 D4SB60L-F
JW6004 JW6019 JW6020 JW6003
C6077 1200 250V C6078 1200
R6098 470k 1/2W CHIP R6099 470k
D6032
R6016 0.1 1/2W RF
L6012
L6011
D6033
FB6000 FB6001 FB6002 0.45uH 0.45uH 0.45uH
JW6011 7.5 R6259 3.3 10W RW JW6012 7.5 RY6001 R6032 240k 1/4W RN R6273 4.7 1/4W FPRD R6031 240k 1/4W RN
R6344 XX R6346 R6347 XX XX
RY6000 XX
E CN6003 XX
R6289 XX
D6304 XX D6300 ERA22-08TP3

R6261 1k 1/2W FPRD
Q6002 XX D6016 XX
C6329 XX
D6302 MC2838-T112-1
R6290 XX
STBY 5V
R6030 240k 1/4W RN
R6043 470 1/4W RF
Q6001 2SK3568(LBS2SONY,Q SWICHING

155 D G
300
CN6004 XX TAB(CONTACT) RY6002
R6305 XX
D6008 XX
C6023 1608 B 25V 0.01 R6020 9.1k 0.5% RN-CP 1/10W C6024 1608 CH 50V 1000p R6035 18k 0.5% RN-CP 1/10W R6034 XX C6026 50V 10 C6022 50V 3.3 C6021 50V 47 C6020 1608 B 25V 0.01
R6029 270k 1/4W RN 2.8
IC6000 MCZ3001DB SWITCHING REGULATOR CONTROL

300
18
D6013 XX
R6048 10 1/4W FPRD
R6051 10k 1/10W 151S R6055 RN-CP0.5% 2.2M 1/4W RN
D6297 MC2838-T112-1
1.8
V SENSE F/B CT RT GND TIMER SS VC1 OCP
VD
C6029 VG(H) VS VB VG(L) P.GND VC2 151
R6262 4.7k 1/10W RN-CP 5%
SUB_ON
D6010 0.1 50V XX MPS

R6047 10 1/4W FPRD
Q6008 2SK3568(LBS2SONY,Q 151 SWICHING D

5 G S 0 R6057 0.1 2W RS
PH6001 PC123Y22JOOF
4.6 17.1 0
D6011 UF4005PKG23
5 0
PRI DC+ NC PRI DCPRI DCCN6007 XX FOR BRZ
2 3 4 5
Q6007 2SC3052EF-T1-LEF SWITCH Q6003 2SA1235TP-1EF SWITCH D6014 MC2838-T112-1

R6270 XX R6267 4.7k 1/10W RN-CP 5% R6268 4.7k 1/10W RN-CP 5% C6292 220 16V STBY 5V C6039 4.7 50V
C6036 4.7 50V C6040 R6062 10k 0.1 16V 1/10W
R6060 4.7k 1/10W RN-CP 5%
R6019 100 1/10W RN-CP 0.5%
R6042 82 1/10W RN-CP 0.5%
D6015 10ERB20-TB3
C6035 220 50V R6058 2.2 1/4W FPRD R6086 1.2 1W RS R6065 1k 1/10W RN-CP 5%
R6075 R6072 18k XX 1/10W RN-CP 0.5%
R6071 XX
R6063 1k 1/10W RN-CP 5% R6061 10k 1/10W RN-CP 5% SET5V
R6056 470 1/10W RN-CP C6038 XX 5% R6059 0 CHIP
PH6003 PC123Y22JOOF
R6064 1k 1/10W RN-CP 5%
C6041 R6070 0.01 10k R6068 25V 1/10W B RN-CP 0 CHIP 1608 5%
STBY5V GND AC RLY AC RLY GND CN6008 XX FOR JPN BRZ
1 2 3 4 5
R6263 4.7 1/4W FPRD
Q6004 2SC3052EF-T1-LEF SWITCH
IC6011 MM1431ATT
3
9.4
IC6001 XX
0 1
SUB_ON 2
D6022
T6004 6 5
IC6005
7 1 8 9 OUT GND 3 C6051 C6053 100 47 VCC 2 Q5V
F
D6289 D2SB60A-F04
C6273 4700p 250V F C6272 4700p 250V F C6276 4700p 250V F C6025 2200p 250V E
4 R6045 0.47 1/2W 151.5 RF
D6301D10SC6M-4012
10 L6010 22uH 2 1 11 12 C6289 0.047 100V PT TMP C6297 3300 16V C6298 470 16V R6302 100k R6277 R6278 3.3k 1k 1/10W 1/10W PH6002 PC123Y22JOOF RN-CP RN-CP 1.7 5% 5% 0
D6306 MC2838-T112-1
10.5
IC6004 BA50BC0T 5V REG.

VCC OUT GND 5
STBY 5V STBY 5V Q 10.5V
_ _
IC6008 MR4010-7103
Q6000 10.5V REG.

10.5
8 7 6 5 D4 D3 D2 D1 S1 S2 S3 G 1 2 3 4
C6304 47 25V
C6305 47 25V
R6244 15k 1/10W RN-CP
C6291
1000p 50V B 1608
C6275 4700p 250V F
4 16
5 0
7 151.4
9 151.6
D6296 ERA22-08TP3
10.5 C6322 XX
1 2 3 4 5
GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND CN6020 XX
D6298 10ERB20-TB3
R6257 1 RS C6283 680p 2kV R R6255 0.39 1W RS
R6297 22 R6286 12k 1/10W RN-CP 5%
C6277 220 250V
R6243 15k 1/10W RN-CP 5%
C6284 330 35V 1W R6245 220 1W RS
0 R6284 0 CHIP 5.5 5.5 3 1 2 0 C6299 0.022 25V B 1608 3 1 2 0 C6288 XX
D6280
C6285 150p 50V CH 1608
RD16F-T7B2
R6250 4.7k D6282 1/10W 10ERB20-TB3 RN-CP 5% C6290 D6281 0.0015 MTZJ-T-77-8.2B 50V PT
IC6006 XX
2.5
R6285 8.2k 1/10W RN-CP 5% 2.5 C6300 0.068 16V B 1608 R6252 22k R6253 10k
R6287 R6339 0 15k 1/10W CHIP RN-CP R6291 0 CHIP R6303 XX R6279 100k R6304 XX R6280 R6281 10k 10k 0 C6293 XX
Q6009 SWITCH
0.7 R6300 C6321 XX 1k R6296 1k
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
0 R6301 0
GT BOARD (POWER SUPPLY)

H
IC6010 MM1431ATT
R6288 4.7k 1/10W RN-CP
D6284 XX
R6251 R6248 3.9k 3.9k 1/10W 1/10W RN-CP RN-CP
10.1
Q6010 SWITCH
0
0.6
PH6004
0
Q6011 SWITCH
R6254 10k 0
40
PRI DC+
D6039 MC2838-T112-1
R6054 C6032 C6030 D6012 R6050 10k 47 XX 1/10W RN-CP 2.2M 220p R6283 2W 25V 10.6 D6009 1/4W 1kV C6028 0.5% SL 0.1 RS RN XX 0.01 25V B 1608
D6029 D10SBS4F
CN6016 XX FOR BRZ
_ _ _
1 2 16 15 14 3 4 5 6 12 11 10 7 8 9
JL6004 JL6005 R6021 XX
C6082 XX
C6083 100 400V
C6085 4700p 500V E
C6089 XX
IC6012 KA278RA05CYDTU
1 L6004 10uH R6018 D6018 0.47 1/4W D2L20U-TA FPRD FB6004 0uH C6044 330 25V R6010 1 2 3 4
C6009 470 R6023 220 1/10W
R6022 3.3k 1/10W
CN6009 1 SET17V 17.6 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3.3 3.3 9 GND 17V GND 6V 6V GND GND 3.3V 3.3V
10P
R6017 0.47 1/4W FPRD 1 2 4 5 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 T6000
4 3
1 2
1 2
D6028 MC2838-T112-1
REG_12V SET9V
6.0 6.0
TO C BOARD CN604
D6020 D5LC20U-4012
IC6003 9V REG. BA90BC0T

C6049 2200 16V VCC OUT GND C6055 47 25V
10 GND
FB6003 0uH
UNREG_6V
1 2 3 4 5
GND GND GND GND GND GND GND GND FAN_VCC
C6034 0.056 800V PP C6033 220p 1kV SL C6306 XX
D6019 D10SC6M-4012
C6048 2200 16V
D6027 MC2838-T112-1 IC6002 5V REG. BA50BC0T

5.0 VCC 6.0 OUT GND C6054 470 16V R6006 27k 1/10W RN-CP 0.5% C6323 470 16V SET5V R6007 1.8k 1/10W RN-CP
6 7 8 9
D6307 MC2838-T112-1
R6004 XX R6005 0 CHIP
10 FAN_VCC 11 RELAY_VCC 12 AC_RLY 13 SUB_ON 14 GND 15 GND 16 SET 9V 17 GND 18 GND TO AGU BOARD CN8401
L6000 10uH I C6065 4700 25V 1 6 3.3
IC6007 PQ30RV11 3.3V REG.

O 2 G 3 4
R6008 XX R6009 1k 1/10W RN-CP 5%
19 SET 5V 20 SET 5V 21 GND 22 GND 23 SET 3.3V 24 SET 3.3V 25 GND 26 GND
AUGND
IC6009 PQ1CG2032FZ XXV REG.

C6043 XX 1 2 3 1.3 4 5 6.7 20 15.1
27 GND 28 STBY 5V 29 GND
D6001 MC2838-T112-1
C6008 2200p 50V B 1608
3 1 2
C6052 0.22 50V R6074 4.7k 1/10W RN-CP
R6012 22k 1/10W RN-CP C6007 L6002 470 33uH 25V R6011 22k 1/10W RN-CP
30 GND 31 B_12V 32 B_12V 33 GND 34 GND 35 AUDIO 5V 36 GND 37 GND 38 UNREG_6V
C6006 470 25V
D6002 D10SC4M-F
R6013 1k
1/10W RN-CP 0.5%
39 GND 40 UNREG_6V 41 GND 42 43 44 45 GND GND GND Q_10.5V Q_10.5V GND GND Q_5V
SET 5V Q 5V
46 47 48 49
50 GND CN6019 50P BLK
1 2 L6003 10uH 3 4
AU_GND AU_GND AU_VCC AU_VCC CN6002 4P
TO K BOARD CN3001
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
(2) Schematic Diagram of HA Board
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
S7000
S7001
S7002
S7003
S7004
S7005
R7001 220 1/10W RN-CP
R7002 470 1/10W RN-CP
R7003 910 1/10W RN-CP
R7004 1.8k 1/10W RN-CP
R7005 3.9k 1/10W RN-CP 0.5%
C7000 0.1 25V B 1608 3 2 1 VD7000 XX GND KEY GND CN7000 3P WHT TO AGU BOARD CN8004
D7000 XX
D7001 XX
HA BOARD (USER CONTROL)
41
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
(3) Schematic Diagram of HB Board
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
HB
B
R7022 10k 1/10W RN-CP 5% C7022 0.01 50V F 1608
STBY_RED
R
POWER_GREEN
G
P_MUTE_RED
R
TIMER_GREEN
G
D7022 SML-020MVT-T86
R7024 220 1/10W RN-CP 5% R7025 220 1/10W RN-CP 5%
C7025 0.1 25V F 1608
D7024 SML-020MVT-T86
R7032 220 1/10W RN-CP 5% R7033 220 1/10W RN-CP 5%
B
R7034 10k 1/10W RN-CP 5% R7035 10k 1/10W RN-CP 5%
Q7020 2SC3052EF-T1-LEF
R7023 10k 1/10W RN-CP 5%
2.5 0.1 0 0
0.7
C7024 0.01 50V F 1608
R7026 10k 1/10W RN-CP 5% R7027 10k 1/10W RN-CP 5%
R7029 10k 1/10W RN-CP 5% C7027 0.01 50V F 1608
2.6 2.4 0
0 0
C7028 0.01 50V F 1608
R7031 10k 1/10W RN-CP 5%
IC7020 RPM7240-H8
GND OUT VCC
D7023 SML-310LTT86
R7028 220 1/10W RN-CP 5% R7030 10k 1/10W RN-CP 5% C7026 0.01 50V F 1608
3.3 3.3
R7020 1.5k 1/10W RN-CP C7020 0.1 25V F 1608
2.4
R7021 47 1/10W RN-CP
C7021 10 50V
0 0
R7039 10k 1/10W RN-CP 5%
D7021 XX
D7020 XX
S7020 C7023 0.01 50V F 1608
D
D7025 XX
GND 10
LAMP_LED 11
P_MUTE_LED 12
TIMER_LED 13
GND 14
CN7020 15P WHT
STBY+3.3V 15
5V 1
GND 2
SDA 3
SCL 4
P_ON 5 GND 6
SIRCS 7
POW_LED 8
STBY_LED 9
R7048 XX
R7047 22 1/10W RN-CP R7046 22 1/10W RN-CP

8 1 2 3
R7044 XX
7 6
R7045 0 CHIP C7029 0.1 25V F 1608 C7031 1 10V B 1608 C7030 C7032 10p 10p 50V 50V CH CH 1608 1608
IC7021 LM75BIM-5/NOPB
R7042 0 CHIP R7040 0 CHIP
R7043 XX R7041 XX
42
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
(4) Schematic Diagram of HC Board
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
CN7100 XX
A
J7100 VD7102
1 1 2 3 VD7108 4 5 6 VD7101 VD7109
E COMP2_Y GND COMP2_CB GND COMP2_CR GND CN7102 6P WHT
VD7100 VD7110 CN7101 12P WHT 1 R7123 0 CHIP COMP_DET V2_V GND V2_L V2_R GND HP_L GND HP_R GND HP_DET NC
D7108 UDZSTE-173.9B
R7111 0 CHIP
2 3 4 5 6 7
C
J7101 V JL7102 R7124 220 1/10W RN-CP R7125 R7105 220 220 1/10W 1/10W RN-CP RN-CP R7104 220k 1/10W RN-CP R7103 220k 1/10W RN-CP VD7105 XX
8 C7100 XX R7110 1k 1/10W RN-CP R7109 1k 1/10W RN-CP R7128 XX C7102 1000p 50V B 1608 C7101 1000p C7103 10 50V 50V B 1608 C7104 10 50V
D7102 UDZSTE-175.6B D7101 UDZSTE-1710B D7100 UDZSTE-1710B
9 10 11 12
JL7101
VD7104 XX
JL7100
TO A BOARD
VD7103 XX
D
R7129 XX
J7102 XX
R7106 XX C7110 XX C7112 XX C7111 XX C7113 XX
D7110 XX
C7114 XX
D7109 XX
R7126 XX
D7111 XX
E
FB7100 XX U_5V HM_DM HM_DP NC GND CN7103 XX 1 2 3 4 5 C7108 XX C7109 XX 3 4 2 CN7104 XX L7101 XX
HC BOARD
(FRONT INPUTS/OUTPUTS)
F
VD7113 VD7111 VD7112 XX XX XX
43
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
(5) Schematic Diagram of K Board
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
1
CN3004 PVDD GND GND 1.8V R3001 0 CHIP 3.3V GND 12V XX PVDD CN3001 4P WHT
A
D+3.3V DGND R3020 10k 1/16W CHIP 5%
R3152 0 CHIP R3153 0 CHIP R3154 0 CHIP
A
20 mmV (49.1MHz)
R3003 R3004 0 0 CHIP CHIP JL3002 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 0 0 ONOFF CONT C3001 0.1 16V 14 VCC
IC3001 NJM2387DL2-TE1
Vout GND Vadj
R3155 0 CHIP PS3001 5A 72V R3156 0 CHIP R3158 0 CHIP R3157 0 CHIP
1 EB3001
GND
B
1 3.4 R3014 10k 1/16W R3013 R3011 0 100 1/16W CHIP 2
IC3002 SN74LV08APWR
3 0 4 0 5 3.4 6 0
R3005 0 CHIP 15.1 JL3003
Vin
13
12
11
10
12V REG
1 2 3 4 3.2 11.1 1.3
1 EB3002
R3012 100 1/16W R3015 100 1/16W R3016 10k 1/16W
R3006 47k 1/16W C3004 C3005 RN-CP 0.1 100 16V 16V F 1005
R3007 R3008 56k 68k 1/16W 1/16W R3009 4.7k 1/16W RN-CP
R3159 0 CHIP C3003 100 35V R3160 XX R3161 XX R3162 XX R3163 XX R3165 XX R3166 XX R3167 XX R3168 XX C3006 4.7 16V 7.5 R3027 10k 1/16W R3114 0 CHIP CHIP 5% 0 C3011 4.7 16V F 3216 7.4 7.4 0 7.5 1 EB3003 XX
C3002 1000p 50V R3010 B 4.7k 1608 1/16W RN-CP
12V
R3031 XX JL3011 R3018 XX
Q3001 XX
1 EB3004 XX
ON OFF CONT Vout
3.3V_SW 15 A_MUTE 14 SP_PROT 13 AMP_RST 12 SCSHIFT 11 GND 10 TO AGU BOARD CN8001 SCDT OF_FLAG SCLATCH1 M_RST LR_DATA 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
R3037 R3040 R3033
0 0 0
CHIP CHIP CHIP
D+3.3V R3034 10k 1/16W CHIP 5%
R3023 0 CHIP 1.8V R3028 XX C3020 C3013 0.1 0.1 16V 16V F F 1005 1005 R3050 3.3 1/10W RN-CP 5% JL3005 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 1.8 3.4 0 JL3004 C3010 0.1 16V F 1005 C3093 XX C3100 C3099 IC3005 0.22 0.22 16V CXD9845M 16V F S-MASTER F 1608 AMP 1608 11.1
GND
Vadj
Vin
NJM2387DL2-TE1 IC3003
3.3 VREG
R3019 R3021 100k 120k 1/16W 1/16W R3022 100k 1/16W
1 2 3 4 3.2 3.4 1.3 R3026 3.3k 1/16W RN-CP
Q3004 2SC1623-T1-L5L6
R3036 0 CHIP R3052 100 1/16W R3051 100 1/16W R3047 0 R3054 100 1/16W R3048 0 1
AUDIO L / R
SN74LVC541APWR IC3004 BUFFER

3.4 C3022 F 0.1 1005 16V
C3014 C3015 C3016 R3044C3017 XX XX XX 10k XX R3041 R3042 R3043 1/16W R3045 0 CHIP 0 0 0 CHIP CHIP CHIP 5% CHIP R3046 10k 1/16W CHIP 5%
6.3V 100 C3009
R3116 XX R3024 10k 1/16W CHIP R3025 3.3k 1/16W RN-CP
C3007 0.1 16V F 1005
C3008 100 16V
Q304 MUTE SWITCH
3.4
R3029 100k 1/16W CHIP 5% 0
Q3003 Q3002 2SA1602TP-1EF R3113 2SA1602TP-1EF MUTING 0 MUTING

CHIP
R3071 100 1/16W R3059 100 1/16W R3064 100 1/16W R3078 100 1/16W
3.3 3.3 3.3
R3049 0 CHIP R3070 220 1/16W 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 3.4 JL3007 0 3.2 0 1.7 1.7 0 3.4 0 0 1.8 1.7
R3030 1k R3115 XX 1/16W C3023 0.22 R3053 3.3 16V 1/10W
C3019 100 16V
20 19
LRCK BCLK GND MCLK CN3002 15P WHT
3.4
SCDT 21
SOFTMUTE 19
NSPMUTE 18
DVSS 17
DVDD 16
XOVDD 15
XFSOOUT 14
OVF FLAGR 24 SCLATCH 23
0 6 1.6 7 1.6 8 1.6 9 10
1.7
220 1/16W CHIP 5% R3112 220 CHIP 1/16W 5%
C3051 0.1 16V F 1005 R3092 0 CHIP C3067 0.1 16V
DATA BFVDD BFVSS TEST DVDD 37 FSOCKO 0 38 FSOI 1.7 39 HPOUTR2
OUTR1 VDDR OUTR2 VSSR VSUBC
GND OUT_B
R3032 22 1/16W CHIP 5% 3.4 3.4 R3086 22 1/16W CHIP 5% R3088 CHIP 22 5% 1/16W R3111 220 1/16W 0 5% CHIP R3075 220 1/16W 1.7 5% CHIP R3079 1.7
PGMUTE 20
SCSHIFT 22
XOVSS 13
C3021 0.22 16V F 1608 11.1 R3055 1/16W 10k CHIP 3.4 R3057 1/16W 100 CHIP 3.4 R3017 1.7 1/16W 10k CHIP R3067 0 CHIP 3
R3035 CHIP 100k 5% 1/16W C3012 R3039 R3038 4.7 100k 120k 1/16W 1/16W 16V F CHIP CHIP 5% 3216 5% 7.5 7.4 7.4 7.4 0
VSSL OUTL1 VDDL OUTL2 VSSL VSSR
9 10 11 12
AUDIO L / R
R3072 0 CHIP
1.7 8 7 1.7 3.4 1.7 4 0 0 2 1 0
R3084 10k 1/16W
LRCK BCK
IC3006 CXD9788AR S-MASTER PROCESSOR
R3073 C3032 0.1 0 16V CHIP F 1005 R3082 0 CHIP R3089 C3052 0.1 0 16V CHIP F 1005
AUDIO R
41 HPOUTR1
3.4 43 HPOUTL2
45 HPOUTL1
42 HPVDDR
40 HPVSSR
46 HPVDDL
44 HPVSSL
48 XFSOIN
47 XVDD
+1.8V
3.6
1.5
1.3
C3079 0.01 25V B 1005 R3105 100k 1/16W 1 1.7 C3085 100 10V
3.4
G JL3008
C3084 0.01 25V B 1005
1.8
GND
EMI
2 3 4 5 C3087 XX JL3010 2A 3Y GND 1 2 3 4
R3117 XX R3118 XX R3119 XX R3120 XX R3121 XX R3122 XX R3123 XX
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
11.1 GVDD_B GVDD_A /OTW /SD BST_A PVDD_A OUT_A GND 36 1
R3164 C3041 R3065 10k 0 CHIP 1000p 50V
R3060 0 CHIP
FLAGL OVF SFLAG INIT
1.7 3.4 R3066 0 CHIP

AUDIO L
R3058 XX
17.7 C3024 25V C3025 680p 50V R3056 0.033 18 1/10W C3094 680p 50V B1005 15.1 P6SMB39AT3 7.5 C3026 0.1 50V B 2012 C3028 47 47 C3033 25V C3042 25V 0.1 50V 7.5
D3001
Q3005 2SA1602TP-1EF MUTING
Q3006 2SA1602TP-1EF MUTING
35
2 3 4
34
PWM_A
C3030
MCKSEL
R3068 XX
/RST_AB PWM_B OC_ADJ GND GND VREG GND M2 M1 PWM_C
1 50V MPS 1 50V MPS
33 32
1.7 6 R3002 1/16W 10k 5% CHIP R3074 XX R3076 39k 1/16W CHIP 5% R3080 XX 3.4 C3048 0.1 16V F 1005
C3027 1500 35V
R3062 2.7 1/10W RN-CP
R3063 2.7 1/10W RN-CP C3037 1000p 50V B 1005 C3045 C3038 1000p 0.1 50V 50V B B 1005 2012 C3039 0.1 50V B 2012 1 2 3 L+ LR+ RCN3003 4P SPEAKER L
5 7 8 9 10
31 30 29 28
PVDD_B BST_B BST_C PVDD_C OUT_C GND
AUDIO L/R
C3072 100 10V
XFSIIN
XVSS
D3002 P6SMB39AT3 15.1 C3095 R3077 18 C3046 680p 50V 680p C3047 50V 1/10W 17.7 0.033 25V C3049 0.033 25V R3085 18 1/10W 17.7 680p 50V C3096 680p 50V C3050
15.1
L3001 10uH
C3043
C3098 XX
C3034 1000p 50V B 1005 C3044 C3035 C3036 0.1 0.1 1000p 50V 50V 50V B B B 2012 2012 1005
27
11 12
26 25
D3003 P6SMB39AT3
C3065
IC3008 NJM2870F18(TE2) 1.8V REG.
R3104 220 1/16W CHIP 5%
C3081 C3082 0.1 0.1 16V 16V F F 1005 1005
C3083 0.1 16V F 1005
R3150 0 CHIP
IC3007 MC74VHC1GU04DFT1
C3080 FL3001 22 0uH 10V EMI
CLK GEN
R3095 XX R3098 0
1.7 3 CHIP 1.7 11.1 11.1
/RST_CD OUT_D PWM_D PVDD_D VDD BST_D
7.5 C3059 0.1 50V C3061 47 C3068 47 25V 25V C3070 0.1 50V 7.5
1 50V MPS 1 50V MPS
C3060 1500 35V
D3004 P6SMB39AT3
R3100 18 1/10W C3074 0.033 25V B 2012
L3002 10uH
C3071
C3053 1000p 50V B 1005
CHIP 5% R3151 220 JL3009 1/10W RN-CP 5% R3106 0 CHIP C3086 10p CH 50V 1005 L3006 1uH
R3099 XX R3107 R3101 3.3 1M 1/16W 1/10W CHIP RN-CP 5% 5% C3075 C3076 R3102 3.3 22 0.1 16V 16V 1/10W F RN-CP 5% 1608
15.1 20
GVDD_C GVDD_D
C3073 C3097 680p 680p 17.7 50V 50V 11.1 C3078 0.22 16V F 1608
C3056 1000p 50V C3057 B C3054 C3055 0.1 0.1 1005 0.1 50V C3063 50V C3062 50V B B 1000p B 1000p 50V 2012 2012 50V 2012 B B 1005 1005 R3097 2.7 1/10W RN-CP
4 C3058 0.1 50V B 2012
13 14 15
24 23 22
SPEAKER R
1 2 3
16
21
17 18
C3088 0.01 25V R3081 XX
B 1005
FL3002 0uH
DGND C3089 XX C3091 10p 50V CH 1005
X3001 49.1MHz
R3108 100 1/16W CHIP 5%
R3103 3.3 1/10W RN-CP 5%
R3096 2.7 1/10W RN-CP
19
1A
D3005 XX
C3090 1000p 50V B 1005
C3077 0.22 16V F 1608
C3101 0.22 16V F 1608
C3102 0.22 16V F 1608
VCC
C3092 XX 2Y 3A 1Y 7 6 5
R3109 XX
K BOARD (AUDIO)
R3110 XX
IC3009 XX
8 INIT
44
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
(6) Schematic Diagram of QT (1/3) Board
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
10
A
CN7800 8P JL7824
10.5V
FB7800 MPZ1608S221A 2A
3.4V 6.0V C7800 47 16V AL EL C7801 100 10V AL EL
1.5V 10.5V Q7806 2SA1235TP-1EF
C7811 0.022 50V F:CHIP L7800 22uH :CHIP
L7801 1.2mH :CHIP
IC7804 TK11819MTL
JL7850
FB7803 JL7825 MPZ1608S221A FB7802 JL7826 MPZ2012S101A R7821 10k 1/10W :CHIP
XPOD_STBY
B
JL7851
C7802 100 10V AL EL
R7819 22k 1/10W :CHIP R7820 10k 1/10W :CHIP
L7802 22uH :CHIP C7816 0.022 50V F:CHIP
R7809 10k JL7828 1/10W :CHIP
32V
Q7807 2SC3052EF-T1-1EF
JL7827
FB7801 MPZ2012S101A C7803 100 10V AL EL
C7876 # R7822 22k 1/10W :CHIP
C7809 47 16V AL EL
6.0V
R7804 1k 1/10W :CHIP
C7825 4.7 50V AL EL
R7808 100k 1/10W :CHIP
C7826 0.1 50V F:CHIP
C7827 4.7 50V AL EL
10.5V
R7889 # :2012
D7804 #
R7810 0 1/10W :CHIP
IC7808 NJM2846DL2-05
POD_5V
JL7841
9V
R7890 0 :2012 C7815 0.1 25V B:CHIP
C7874 0.1 25V B:CHIP JL7829

3.4V
IC7803 MIC5235YM5 TR
C7875 4.7 16V B:3216

IC7801 XC6219B182MR
C7859 4.7 10V B:3216
C7860 0.1 25V B:CHIP
C7808 4.7 16V B:3216
3.4V
R7893 470k 1/10W :RN-CP R7803 100 1/10W :CHIP R7891 6.8k 1/10W :RN-CP R7892 68k 1/10W :RN-CP
C7818 4.7 16V B:3216
C7821 0.1 25V B:CHIP
R7896 0 :2012 C7810 4.7 16V B:3216 C7813 0.1 25V B:CHIP
JL7831
1.8V
R7894 10k 1/10W

XPOD_STBY
C7823 22 6.3V B:3216
C7824 0.1 25V B:CHIP
6.0V
XPOD_STBY IC7802 NJM2846DL2-05 5V
IC7800 MIC49300 LDO (ADJ)
R7802 # JL7830 C7814 0.1 25V B:CHIP C7817 4.7 10V B:3216 C7820 0.1 25V B:CHIP
5V R7800 0 :CHIP
R7801 # :CHIP JL7832
1.1V
3.4V
C7807 4.7 16V B:3216
1.5V
R7897 0 :2012 C7804 22 6.3V B:3216
C7806 1 10V F:CHIP
C7812 0.01 25V B:CHIP D7800 #
R7806 22 1/10W :RN-CP
R7807 200 1/10W :RN-CP
C7805 0.1 25V B:CHIP
C7819 22 6.3V B:3216
C7822 #
R7805 1k 1/10W :RN-CP
45
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
1
5V
2
R7851 15k 1/10W :CHIP C7852 2.2 10V B:2012 FB7809 BK1608HS121
3
Q7803 2SC3052EF-T1-1EF AGC MUTE
5
5V
10
11
CN7801 14P
12
13
A
TU7800 BTD-CA811Z C7946 1000p B:CHIP
R7815 10k 1/10W :CHIP C7828 1000p B:CHIP
R7858 100 1/10W :CHIP
JL7866
PODVCC POD_5V
JL7867
FB7811 BK1608HM102 R7864 10k 1/10W :CHIP R7865 10k 1/10W :CHIP
PODVPP
R7886 0 :CHIP R7885 0 :CHIP C7950 1000p B:CHIP FB7903 BK1608HM102 R7878 0 :CHIP R8003 R8004 R7883 0 :CHIP
JL7852 JL7853 JL7854 JL7855 JL7856 JL7857 JL7858 JL7859
FB7810 BK1608HS121
C7947
JL7833 C7948 C7949 JL7834
C7832 0.01 25V B:CHIP C7831 1000p 50V B:CHIP JL7840
C7836 C7839 L7805 470 # 2.2uH 10V :CHIP AL EL 32V C7835 4.7 50V AL EL
9V
5V
Q7802 C7853 2SC3775 0.1 BUFFER 25V F:CHIP
R7877 0 :CHIP L7811 10uH :CHIP C7858 4.7 16V B:3216 R7842 0 :CHIP D7805 # R7854 0 1/10W :CHIP
9V
R7832 27k 1/10W :RN-CP R7831 56k 1/10W :RN-CP C7830 0.1 25V F:CHIP
C7829 0.01 25V B:CHIP JL7839 C7842 0.01 25V B:CHIP
C7834 L7804 47 10uH 16V :CHIP AL EL C7849 L7808 100 10uH 10V AL EL :CHIP
5V
D7806 #
R7843 #
JL7860
5V POD_5V 5V
POD_5V
R7870 # R8001 #
5V
R7844 100 1/10W :CHIP
R7845 1k 1/10W :CHIP
3.4V
R8000 4.7k 1/10W :CHIP
R7852 470 1/10W :CHIP
FB7902 BK1608HM102 R7825 0 :CHIP R7839 0 :CHIP

RESET_FE
R7850 R7841 10k 470 1/10W 1/10W :CHIP :CHIP
R8002 0 1/10W :CHIP
RB7916 C7870 # 25V F:CHIP

TU_TSENA TU_TSDATA TU_TSCLK TU_TSSYNC
:1005
R7859 10k 1/10W :CHIP
R7861 10k 1/10W :CHIP
C7867 10 6.3V B:CHIP C7868 0.1 25V F:CHIP
CN7802 49PIN FFC(TAIKO) JL7820 JL7819 JL7818
D
R7817 0 :CHIP
JL7838 C7843 0.01 25V B:CHIP C7850 100 10V AL EL

POD_5V
3.4V
R7835 0 :CHIP JL7835
L7809 10uH :CHIP

3.4V
R7846 #
R7848 #
D7802 SML-210MT-T86 :GREEN
D7801 SML-210VTT86 :RED
R7999 #
IC7806 CD74HC4053M-96 I2C SWITCH
JL7817 R7991 0 1/10W :CHIP R7995 # R7992 0 1/10W :CHIP

HBUS HRW# HA0 HCS HA1 HD7 HD6 HD5 HD4 3.4V TU_TS IC7807 SN74LV125APWR I2C SWITCH
E
R7818 0 :CHIP
C7845 C7851 10 0.1 25V 6.3V F:CHIP B:2012 JL7836 C7838 0.1 25V F:CHIP JL7837 C7837 0.1 25V F:CHIP C7840 10 6.3V B:2012 C7841 10 6.3V B:2012
C7855 100 10V AL EL C7847 470 10V AL EL C7846 100 10V AL EL
L7810 10uH :CHIP

1.8V
JL7816 JL7815 JL7814 JL7813 JL7812 JL7811 JL7810 JL7809 JL7808 JL7807 JL7806 JL7805 JL7804 JL7803
L7806 10uH :CHIP

1.1V FB7808 MPZ1608S221A 2A CHIP:1608 FDC_CRX FDC_DRX MPEG_SDATA MPEG_CLK MPEG_ENA
R7816 0 1/10W :CHIP R7833 0 1/10W :CHIP RB7913
R8005 #
C7872 0.1 25V F:CHIP
L7812 10uH :CHIP C7873 10 6.3V B:CHIP

TU_TSCLK TU_TSDATA TU_TSENA TU_TSSYNC
R7994 0 1/10W :CHIP R7993 #
HD3 HD2 HD1 HD0 HACK# HIRQ# 33M_CLK
G
POD_TS
RB7912 RB7917 # TSOSTART TSOCLOCK TSODATA TSOVALID
RB7918 # C7945 15p CH:CHIP
R7888 331/10W :CHIP

HACKPOL XPOD_STBY HRESET#
RB7914 :1005
JL7842 JL7802 JL7843 JL7844 JL7845
H
R7853 22k 1/10W :CHIP
Q7804 2SC3052EF-T1-1EF LED SWITCH
3.4V
RESET_FE
JL7847 JL7846 R7879 #
R7867 470 1/10W :CHIP R7866 3.3k 1/10W :CHIP

D7803 SML-210VTT86 :RED
R7860 22k 1/10W :CHIP
C7865 0.1 25V F:CHIP
R7863 22k 1/10W :CHIP
Q7805 2SC3052EF-T1-1EF LED SWITCH
J
46
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
10
11
12
CN7903(1/2) 80-PIN FFC V-TYPE T-D 141001180W
13
MDO2 MDO1 MDO0 MOSTRT MOVAL
MCLKI MIVAL
A
TU_TS
MPEG_SDATA MPEG_CLK MPEG_ENA
MDI7 MDI6 MDI5 MDI4
PODVCC
RB7904
RB7905
FDC_CRX FDC_DRX 3.4V
R7940 10k 1/10W :CHIP

A5 A7 A6
R7998 10k 1/10W :CHIP
R7952 10k 1/10W :CHIP
WAIT# RST
CD2#
D1 D0 A1 A0 A3 A2 A4
D2
CD2# MDO2
RB7907 C7908 0.1 25V F:CHIP

RB7908
FB7904 BK1608HM601
3.4V
D2 1.8V D1 MDO0 PODVPP D0 MOSTRT A0 MOVAL A1 MDO1
C7906 0.1 25V F:CHIP
FB7905 BK1608HM601
3.4V
C7943 0.1 25V F:CHIP
C7944 0.1 25V F:CHIP
IC7904 SN74AHC1G04DCKR INVERTER
C7907 0.1 25V F:CHIP RB7903
R7908 #
HA0 HCS HA1 HD7 HD6 HD5 HD4 HD3 HD2 HD1 HD0 HACK# HIRQ# HACKPOL
R7919 1k 1/10W :CHIP
A2 A3 WAIT# A4 RST A5 A6
HRW#
RB7901 47
MCLKO
RB7909
IREQ# WE# A8_CRX A9_DRX
1.8V
RB7910
A11 OE# A10 CE1# D7 D6 D4 D5 POD_5V
IC7906 TPS2091DR 250MA POWER SWITCH
MDI7 A7 PODVPP
RB7900 47
IC7900 CXD1969R POD I/F CONTROL

RB7902
JL7864
MDI6 MDI5 MCLKI MDI4 MIVAL
C7929 1 10V F:CHIP
C7931 0.1 25V F:CHIP
TSOVALID TSODATA TSOCLOCK TSOSTART
C7933 0.1 25V F:CHIP
MDI3 MDI2
RB7911
D3
E
R7912 33 1/10W :CHIP 1.8V FB7901 BK1608HM601 C7912 0.1 25V F:CHIP RB7906
R7911 10 R7910 1/10W 10 :CHIP 1/10W :CHIP
R7915 10 1/10W :CHIP
3.4V
IC7907 TPS2012ADR 1A POWER SWITCH
PODVCC
JL7865
FB7906 BK1608HM601
3.4V
C7935 1 10V F:CHIP
C7934 0.1 25V F:CHIP
C7932 0.1 25V F:CHIP
R7941 10k 1/10W :CHIP

IREQ#
MDI3 MDI2
F
R7909 0 1/10W :CHIP
33M_CLK HRESET# HBUS
1.8V
C7951
C7905 0.1 25V F:CHIP

MDI1 MDI0 MISTRT
WE# MDI1 MCLKO MDI0
3.4V
R7989 100k 1/10W :CHIP
R7987 10k 1/10W :CHIP

A8_CRX IOWR# A9_DRX IORD# A11 IOWR# IORD# CE2#
R7990 # :CHIP
R7997 10k 1/10W :CHIP
MISTRT
R7954 100k 1/10W :CHIP
R7913 10 1/10W :CHIP
R7914 10 1/10W :CHIP
OE# CE2# A10 MDO7 CE1#
POD_TS
MDO7 MDO6 MDO5 MDO4 MDO3
MDO6 D7 MDO5 D6 MDO4 D5 MDO3 CD1# D4 CD1# D3
I
CN7903(2/2) 80-PIN FFC V-TYPE T-D 141001180W
J
47
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
(9) Schematic Diagram of QU Board
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
3
CN7951 5P S5B-ZR-SM3A
CN7953 80-PIN FFC SIDE-TYPE
C7951 1 10V F:CHIP C7952 1 10V F:CHIP
C7953 0.1 25V F:CHIP C7954 0.1 25V F:CHIP
CN7952 AMP_1473442-1 PCMCIA CARD
48
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
(10) Schematic Diagram of S2 Board
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
A
R7180 XX
R7181 22 1/10W RN-CP R7182 22 1/10W RN-CP SDA SCL O.S GND +V A0 A1 A2
8 1
5 4 3 2 1 R7187 0 C7180 0.1 25V F 1608 C7181 1 10V B 1608 C7182 C7183 10p 10p 50V 50V CH CH 1608 1608
GND SCL_TV SDA_TV GND SET_5V CN7180 5P WHT
R7183 XX R7186 0
2 3 4
IC7180 LM75BIM-5/NOPB
7 6 5
R7184 R7185 R7188 0 XX XX CHIP
S2
C C
49
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
(11) Schematic Diagram of T1 Board
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
S7150 (LAMP DOOR) 1 2 3 LAMP_COV NC GND CN7150 3P WHT
T1
B
50
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
(12) Schematic Diagram of T2 Board
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
S7155 (LAMP POSITION) 1 2 3 LAMP_POS NC GND CN7155 3P WHT
T2
B
51
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
4-5. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS
(1) GT Board
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
10
A
GT BOARD SEMICONDUCTOR LOCATION
IC
IC6000 IC6002 IC6003 IC6004 IC6005 IC6007 IC6008 IC6009 IC6010 IC6011
Side A Side B C-7 G-8 G-7 G-6 G-4 F-8 F-5 B-8 F-4 C-8
C
Q6000 Q6001 Q6003 Q6004 Q6007 Q6008 Q6009 Q6010 Q6011
TRANSISTOR
Side A Side B G-4 B-6 B-3 B-4 B-3 D-6 H-4 F-4 F-5
DIODE
D6000 D6001 D6002 D6011 D6014 D6015 D6018 D6019 D6020 D6022 D6027 D6028 D6029 D6032 D6033 D6034 D6039 D6280 D6281 D6282 D6289 D6296 D6297 D6298 D6300 D6301 D6302 D6306 D6307 Side A Side B B-4 C-8 B-8 C-6 B-2 D-7 F-6 F-8 F-6 G-4 G-7 G-7 D-8 B-5 C-5 E-8 B-3 D-4 E-4 E-4 D-3 E-5 B-2 E-4 D-2 F-5 B-3 G-5 G-8
52
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
(2) HA, HB Boards
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
10
11
12
13
53
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
(3) HC, K Boards
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
10
11
12
13
14
54
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
(4) QT Board
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
10
QT BOARD SEMICONDUCTOR LOCATION

IC
IC7800 IC7801 IC7802 IC7803 IC7804 IC7806 IC7807 IC7808 IC7900 IC7904 IC7906 IC7907 Side A Side B H-8 F-4 F-6 H-7 I-8 G-9 H-4 F-5 G-3 G-3 B-8 A-8
TRANSISTOR
Q7802 Q7803 Q7804 Q7805 Q7806 Q7807 Side A Side B G-7 H-9 E-7 F-8 E-4 E-4
DIODE
D7801 D7802 D7803 Side A Side B A-6 A-6 A-6
J
55
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
(5) QU Board
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
56
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
(6) S2 Board
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
57
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
(7) T1, T2 Boards
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
58
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
4-6. SEMICONDUCTORS
LM75BIM-5/NOPB M24C02-WMN6T(B)
1SS184
3
ANODE
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
P6SMB39AT3 S3G
1 2
1 TOP VIEW
3
CATHODE
8 PINS MCZ3001DB
1
1 2
D10SC4M-F D10SC6M-4012
SML-020MVT-T86
Cathode mark 4 2 3 1 Red 3 1
TOP VIEW
18 PINS MM1431ATT NJM2870F18 (TE2) XXC6219B182MR

1
12
2
3
3
Green
5 PINS NJM2387DL2-TE1
D2L20U-TA RD8.2ES-B2
CATHODE
SML-210MT-T86 SML-210VTT86 SML-310LTT86

CATHODE MARK
5 1
ANODE
PQ1CG2032FZ D2SB60A-F04 D2SB60L D4SBL40 D4SBS6-F

2 1 4 5
+
PQ30RV11
D5LC20U-4012
MARKING SIDE VIEW
1 4
RPM7240-H8
ANODE CATHODE
DTZ10B HZU5.6GTRF MA111-TX UDZS-TE17-5.6B

1 2 3
2SC1623-L5L6 UPA1716G
C B E
ANODE CATHODE
ERA22-08TP3
CATHODE
10ERB20-TB3 UF4005/23
CATHODE
ANODE
ANODE
59
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
SECTION 5 K
NOTE:
Items with no part number and no description are not stocked because they are seldom required for routine service The construction parts of an assembled part are indicated with a collation number in the remark column.
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
EXPLODED VIEWS
Items marked " * " are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items. The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
5-1. SCREEN MIRROR BLOCK, COVERS
Les composants identifies par une trame et une marque ! sont critiques pour la securite. Ne les remplacer que par une piece portant le numero specifie.
17 9 17 8 5 4
#1 #1
10 11
7 17 17 12 17 17
E42A10
17 17
6 16 3
#1 #1
17 15
#1
12
17 17
E50A10
13
REF. NO. 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9
PART NO. 2-590-903-01 2-590-908-01 2-590-913-01 2-590-914-01 1-826-219-11
DESCRIPTION GRILL, SPEAKER (42) GRILL, SPEAKER (50) BUTTON, POWER BUTTON, MULTI LOUD SPEAKER (5X15cm)
REMARK (E42A10) (E50A10)
REF. NO. 9 10 11 11 12 12 13 14 15 16 17 #1
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
REMARK
A-1127-077-A MIRROR ASSY (E42A10) 2-590-909-01 BRACKET, HC (50) (E50A10) A-1127-075-A MIRROR COVER ASSY (E50A10) A-1127-078-A MIRROR COVER ASSY (E42A10) 2-591-155-01 COVER,REAR (E50A10) 2-591-155-11 COVER,REAR (E42A10) 2-591-156-01 DOOR,LAMP 4-097-548-01 2-590-915-01 2-593-048-01 2-580-640-01 CUSHION, FOOT TRAY, CONTROL DAMPER SCREW, +BVTP2 4X16
2-580-654-01 SCREW, +PWTP2 4X16 A-1127-073-A SCREEN FRAME ASSY A-1127-076-A SCREEN FRAME ASSY 2-590-449-11 PLATE(42L),DIFFUSION 2-590-451-11 PLATE(50L),DIFFUSION
(E50A10) (E42A10) (E42A10) (E50A10)
2-590-450-11 PLATE(42F),DIFFUSION (E42A10) 2-590-452-11 PLATE(50F),DIFFUSION (E50A10) A-1127-074-A MIRROR ASSY (E50A10)
7-685-648-79 SCREW +BVTP 3X12 TYPE2 IT-3
60
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
5-2. B BLOCK, CHASSIS ASSEMBLY
The components identified by shading and mark ! are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
56 55 64 57
#1
64 58
#1
59
60 61
#1
64
64 63
65 65 53 65
#1 #1
64 54 52 65 51 65 65 64 64
REF. NO. 51 * 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 PART NO. DESCRIPTION A-1073-391-A QU BOARD, COMPLETE A-1129-347-A QM BOARD, COMPLETE A-1103-580-A QT BOARD, COMPLETE A-1129-348-A B BOARD, COMPLETE 3-682-691-00 NUT, WASHER HEXAGON 8-597-504-00 ANTENNA SWITCHE RFD-SA811 A-1113-732-A GT BOARD, COMPLETE A-1129-346-A AGU BOARD, COMPLETE A-1129-345-A P BOARD, COMPLETE
62 65 65
REMARK PART NO. DESCRIPTION REF. NO. 60 A-1138-521-A HPC BOARD, COMPLETE 61 62 63 64 65 #1
REMARK
0 1-791-192-21 CORD, NOISE FILTER WITH POWER 0 1-787-333-11 D.C. FAN 3-701-810-72 SCREW, TERMINAL 2-580-640-01 SCREW, +BVTP2 4X16 2-580-593-01 SCREW, +PSW M3X8 7-685-648-79 SCREW +BVTP 3X12 TYPE2 IT-3
61
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
5-3. LAMP DUCT ASSEMBLY, OPTICS UNIT BLOCK
#1
102 103
108
108
101
107
#1
106
#1 #1
105
104
108
REF. NO. 101 101 102 103 103 104 PART NO. DESCRIPTION REMARK REF. NO. X-2055-656-1 CABINET ASSY, BOTTOM(42) (E42A10) 105 X-2055-653-1 CABINET ASSY, BOTTOM(50) (E50A10) 106 A-1115-002-A K BOARD, COMPLETE 107 A-1123-069-A OPTICS UNIT BLOCK ASSY (E50A10) 108 A-1123-071-A OPTICS UNIT BLOCK ASSY (E42A10) #1 0 1-787-373-11 FAN,DC PART NO. DESCRIPTION 1-576-912-11 THERMOSTAT 0 1-468-936-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK 0 1-787-231-11 D.C. FAN (SIROCCO) 2-580-640-01 SCREW, +BVTP2 4X16 7-685-648-79 SCREW +BVTP 3X12 TYPE2 IT-3 REMARK
62
KDF-E42A10/E50A10
SECTION 6 K ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

The components identified by shading and mark ! are critial for safety. Replace only with part number specified.
RM-YD003 RM-YD003
GT
RESISTORS All resistors are in ohms F : nonflammable CAPACITORS PF : F There are some cases the reference number on one board overlaps on the other board. Therefore, when ordering parts by the reference number, please include the board name.
Items marked " * " are not stocked since they are seldom required for routine service. Some delay should be anticipated when ordering these items. All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B, unless otherwise noted.
When indicating parts by reference number, please include the board name.
REF. NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION
REMARK
REF. NO.
PART NO.
DESCRIPTION 2200PF 2200PF 680PF 330UF 150PF 0.47UF 0.047UF 0.0015UF 0.001UF 220UF 3300UF 470UF 0.022UF 0.068UF 47UF 47UF 470UF 20% 20% 10% 20% 5% 10 5% 5% 10% 20% 20% 20% 10% 10% 20% 20% 20%
REMARK 250V 250V 2KV 35V 50V 0V 100V 50V 50V 16V 16V 16V 25V 16V 35V 35V 16V
A-1113-732-A GT BOARD, COMPLETE ********************** 4-382-854-01 SCREW (M3X8), P, SW (+)
C6279 0 1-119-888-51 CERAMIC C6280 0 1-119-888-51 CERAMIC C6283 1-162-116-00 CERAMIC C6284 1-126-950-11 ELECT C6285 1-164-217-11 CERAMIC CHIP C6286 0 1-165-530-31 MYLAR C6289 1-137-353-11 MYLAR C6290 1-137-365-11 MYLAR C6291 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP C6292 C6297 C6298 C6299 C6300 C6304 C6305 C6323 1-126-934-11 1-137-852-31 1-126-935-11 1-164-227-11 1-110-563-11 ELECT ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP
< CAPACITOR > C6006 C6007 C6008 C6020 C6021 C6022 C6023 C6024 C6026 C6028 C6029 C6030 C6032 C6033 C6034 C6035 C6036 C6039 C6040 C6041 1-128-953-31 1-128-953-31 1-162-966-11 1-162-970-11 1-126-967-11 1-126-962-11 1-162-970-11 1-100-831-91 1-126-964-11 1-162-970-11 1-136-497-81 1-126-947-11 1-107-824-11 1-107-824-11 1-165-954-11 1-126-969-11 1-126-963-11 1-126-963-11 1-107-826-11 1-162-970-11 ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP FILM ELECT CERAMIC CERAMIC FILM ELECT ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 470UF 470UF 0.0022UF 0.01UF 47UF 3.3UF 0.01UF 0.001UF 10UF 0.01UF 0.1UF 47UF 220PF 220PF 56000PF 220UF 4.7UF 4.7UF 0.1UF 0.01UF 330UF 0.47UF 2200UF 2200UF 100UF 0.22UF 47UF 470UF 47UF 4700UF 1200UF 1200UF 100UF 100UF 0.0047UF 0.0047UF 0.0047UF 0.47UF 0.0047UF 0.0047UF 20% 20% 10% 10% 20% 20% 10% 2% 20% 10% 5% 20% 5% 5% 3% 20% 20% 20% 10% 10% 20% 10 20% 20% 20% 5% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 500V 25V 25V 50V 25V 50V 50V 25V 50V 50V 25V 50V 35V 1KV 1KV 800V 50V 50V 50V 16V 25V 25V 0V 16V 16V 16V 50V 35V 16V 35V 25V 250V 250V 400V 400V
1-126-947-11 ELECT 1-126-947-11 ELECT 1-126-935-11 ELECT
< CONNECTOR > CN6002 1-794-502-11 CN6009 1-785-706-11 CN601001-580-843-11 CN6011 1-695-915-11 CN6012 1-695-915-11 CN6013 CN6014 CN6015 CN6018 CN6019 1-695-915-11 1-695-915-11 1-695-915-11 1-691-960-21 1-815-789-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (B04B-PASK) 4P PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 10P PIN, CONNECTOR (POWER) TAB (CONTACT) TAB (CONTACT) TAB (CONTACT) TAB (CONTACT) TAB (CONTACT) PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 3P CONNECTOR, BOARD TO BOARD 50P
C6044 1-126-940-11 ELECT C6045 0 1-165-530-31 MYLAR C6048 1-128-951-31 ELECT C6049 1-128-951-31 ELECT C6051 1-126-933-11 ELECT C6052 C6053 C6054 C6055 C6065 1-137-190-91 1-126-947-11 1-126-935-11 1-126-947-11 1-128-548-11 FILM ELECT ELECT ELECT ELECT
< DIODE > D6000 0 D6001 D6002 D6011 D6014 D6015 D6018 D6019 D6020 D6022 D6027 D6028 D6029 D6032 D6033 8-719-510-53 6-500-335-01 8-719-510-12 8-719-979-64 6-500-335-01 6-500-567-31 8-719-028-45 8-719-057-96 8-719-075-66 6-500-335-01 6-500-335-01 6-500-335-01 8-719-060-89 6-501-223-01 6-501-223-01 DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE D4SB60L MC2838-T112-1 D10SC4M-F UF4005/23 MC2838-T112-1 10ERB20-TB3 D2L20U-TA D10SC6M-4012 D5LC20U-4012 MC2838-T112-1 MC2838-T112-1 MC2838-T112-1 D4SBS6-F S3G S3G
C6077 0 1-131-940-11 ELECT C6078 0 1-131-940-11 ELECT C6083 1-100-714-11 ELECT C6084 1-100-714-11 ELECT C6085 1-161-830-00 CERAMIC C6272 C6273 C6274 C6275 C6276 C6277 0 0 0 0 1-161-964-91 1-161-964-91 1-165-530-31 1-161-964-91 1-161-964-91 CERAMIC CERAMIC MYLAR CERAMIC CERAMIC
250V 250V 10 0V 250V 250V 20% 250V
1-113-610-11 ELECT(BLOCK) 220UF
63
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION < TRANSISTOR > TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR RM-YD003 RM-YD003
GT
REMARK Q6000 Q6001 Q6003 Q6004 Q6007 Q6008 Q6009 Q6010 Q6011 8-729-054-36 6-550-882-01 8-729-600-22 8-729-120-28 8-729-120-28 6-550-882-01 8-729-120-28 8-729-120-28 8-729-120-28 UPA1716G-E2 2SK3568(LBS2SONY,Q 2SA1235-F 2SC1623-L5L6 2SC1623-L5L6 2SK3568(LBS2SONY,Q 2SC1623-L5L6 2SC1623-L5L6 2SC1623-L5L6
REF. NO. D6034 D6039 D6280 D6281 D6282 D6289 0 D6296 D6297 D6298 D6300 D6301 D6302 D6306 D6307
PART NO. 8-719-064-49 6-500-335-01 8-719-160-65 8-719-110-08 6-500-567-31 8-719-077-76 8-719-055-45 6-500-335-01 6-500-567-31 8-719-948-45 8-719-057-96 6-500-335-01 6-500-335-01 6-500-335-01
DESCRIPTION DIODE D4SBL40 DIODE MC2838-T112-1 DIODE RD16FB2 DIODE RD8.2ESB2 DIODE 10ERB20-TB3 DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE D2SB60A-F04 ERA22-08TP3 MC2838-T112-1 10ERB20-TB3 ERA22-08 D10SC6M-4012 MC2838-T112-1 MC2838-T112-1 MC2838-T112-1
REMARK
< RESISTOR > R6002 R6003 R6005 R6006 R6007 R6009 R6011 R6012 R6013 R6016 R6017 R6018 R6019 R6020 R6029 R6030 R6031 R6032 R6035 R6042 R6043 R6045 R6047 R6048 R6050 R6051 R6054 R6055 R6056 R6057 R6058 R6059 R6060 R6061 R6062 R6063 R6064 R6065 R6068 R6070 R6072 R6074 R6086 R6089 R6098 R6099 R6100 R6243 R6244 R6245 1-215-904-11 1-215-904-11 1-216-864-11 1-218-726-11 1-218-698-11 1-216-821-11 1-218-724-11 1-218-724-11 1-218-692-11 1-202-933-61 1-249-377-11 1-249-377-11 1-218-823-11 1-218-870-11 1-245-472-21 1-245-471-21 1-245-471-21 1-245-471-21 1-218-877-11 1-211-991-11 1-212-897-00 1-202-933-61 1-249-393-11 1-249-393-11 1-218-871-11 1-218-871-11 1-245-494-31 1-245-494-31 1-216-817-11 1-243-979-71 1-249-385-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-833-11 1-218-722-11 1-218-708-11 1-216-350-11 1-216-864-11 1-220-340-11 1-220-340-11 1-202-933-61 1-216-835-11 1-218-720-11 1-215-865-11 METAL OXIDE METAL OXIDE SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP FUSIBLE CARBON CARBON METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL METAL METAL METAL METAL CHIP METAL CHIP FUSIBLE FUSIBLE CARBON CARBON METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL METAL METAL CHIP METAL OXIDE CARBON SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL OXIDE SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP FUSIBLE METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL OXIDE 100K 100K 0 27K 1.8K 1K 22K 22K 1K 0.1 0.47 0.47 100 9.1K 270K 240K 240K 240K 18K 82 470 0.1 10 10 10K 10K 2.2M 2.2M 470 0.1 2.2 0 4.7K 10K 10K 1K 1K 1K 0 10K 18K 4.7K 1.2 0 470K 470K 0.1 15K 15K 220 5% 5% 2W 2W
< FUSE > F6000 0 1-532-506-51 FUSE 6.3A 250V
0.5% 1/10W 0.5% 1/10W 5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 10% 5% 5% 0.5% 0.5% 1% 1% 1% 1% 0.5% 0.5% 5% 10% 5% 5% 0.5% 0.5% 2% 2% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/2W 1/4W 1/4W 1/10W 1/10W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/4W 1/10W 1/10W 1/4W 1/2W 1/4W 1/4W 1/10W 1/10W 1/4W 1/4W 1/10W 2W 1/4W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
< FERRITE BEAD > FB6000 FB6001 FB6002 FB6003 FB6004 1-410-396-41 1-410-396-41 1-410-396-41 1-412-911-11 1-412-911-11 FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE 0.45UH 0.45UH 0.45UH 0UH 0UH
< FUSE HOLDER > FH600001-533-223-11 FUSE HOLDER FH600101-533-223-11 FUSE HOLDER
< IC > IC6000 IC6002 IC6003 IC6004 IC6005 IC6007 IC6008 IC6009 IC6010 IC6011 6-705-810-01 6-705-464-01 6-705-466-01 6-705-464-01 6-705-464-01 8-759-098-24 6-708-175-01 8-759-640-19 8-759-682-42 8-759-682-42 IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC MCZ3001DB BA50BC0T BA90BC0T BA50BC0T BA50BC0T PQ30RV11J00H MR4010-7103 PQ1CG2032FZ MM1431ATT MM1431ATT
< COIL > L6000 L6002 L6003 L6004 L6009 1-406-659-11 1-419-742-12 1-406-659-11 1-412-525-31 1-406-983-11 INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR 10UH 33UH 10UH 10UH 1MH
L6010 1-406-661-21 INDUCTOR 22UH L6011 0 1-456-859-11 LINE FILTER COIL L6012 0 1-456-859-11 LINE FILTER COIL
< PHOTOCOUPLER > PH600106-600-187-01 PH600206-600-187-01 PH600306-600-187-01 PH600406-600-187-01 PHOTOCOUPLER PHOTOCOUPLER PHOTOCOUPLER PHOTOCOUPLER PC123Y22JOOF PC123Y22JOOF PC123Y22JOOF PC123Y22JOOF
0.5% 1/10W 0.5% 1/10W 5% 1W 5% 5% 10% 5% 0.5% 5% 1/2W 1/2W 1/2W 1/10W 1/10W 1W
64
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION < CONNECTOR > RM-YD003 RM-YD003
GT HA HB
REMARK CN7000 1-819-445-11 HEADER ASSEMBLY FOR PWB 3P
REF. NO. PART NO. R6246 0 1-219-568-91 R6248 1-216-828-11 R6249 1-219-759-11 R6250 1-216-829-11 R6251 1-216-828-11 R6252 R6253 R6254 R6255 R6257 R6259 R6261 R6262 R6263 R6267 R6268 R6273 R6277 R6278 R6279 R6280 R6281 R6283 R6284 R6285 R6286 R6287 R6288 R6291 R6296 R6297 R6300 R6301 R6302 R6339 1-216-837-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-344-00 1-216-349-00 1-244-207-11 1-260-328-11 1-216-829-11 1-249-389-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-821-11 1-249-389-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-827-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-243-979-71 1-216-864-11 1-216-832-11 1-216-834-11 1-218-720-11 1-218-708-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-801-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-864-11
DESCRIPTION METAL METAL CHIP METAL METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL OXIDE METAL OXIDE WIREWOUND CARBON METAL CHIP CARBON METAL CHIP METAL CHIP CARBON METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL OXIDE SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP
8.2M 3.9K 1M 4.7K 3.9K 22K 10K 10K 0.39 1 3.3 1K 4.7K 4.7 4.7K 1K 4.7 1K 3.3K 100K 10K 10K 0.1 0 8.2K 12K 15K 4.7K 0 1K 22 1K 0 100K 0
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
REMARK 1/2W 1/10W 1/2W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1W 1W 10W 1/2W 1/10W 1/4W 1/10W 1/10W 1/4W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 2W 1/10W
< RESISTOR > R7001 R7002 R7003 R7004 R7005 1-218-676-11 1-218-684-11 1-218-691-11 1-218-698-11 1-218-706-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 220 470 910 1.8K 3.9K 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
< SWITCH > S7000 S7001 S7002 S7003 S7004 S7005 1-692-431-21 1-692-431-21 1-692-431-21 1-692-431-21 1-692-431-21 SWITCH, TACTILE SWITCH, TACTILE SWITCH, TACTILE SWITCH, TACTILE SWITCH, TACTILE
1-692-431-21 SWITCH, TACTILE
*************************************************************** HB MOUNT ***********
5% 1/10W 0.5% 1/10W 0.5% 1/10W 5% 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
< CAPACITOR > C7020 C7021 C7022 C7023 C7024 C7025 C7026 C7027 C7028 C7029 C7030 C7031 C7032 1-164-156-11 1-126-964-11 1-162-974-11 1-162-974-11 1-162-974-11 1-164-156-11 1-162-974-11 1-162-974-11 1-162-974-11 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10UF 0.01UF 0.01UF 0.01UF 0.1UF 0.01UF 0.01UF 0.01UF 0.1UF 10PF 1UF 10PF 25V 50V 50V 50V 50V 25V 50V 50V 50V 25V 0.50PF 50V 10% 10V 0.50PF 50V
20%
< RELAY > RY600101-755-388-11 RELAY (AC POWER) RY600201-755-388-11 RELAY (AC POWER) 1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP
< SPARK GAP > SG6000 1-576-487-11 ELEMENT, SPARK D7022 D7023 D7024
< DIODE > 6-500-861-01 DIODE SML-020MVT-T86 8-719-064-07 DIODE SML-310LTT86 6-500-861-01 DIODE SML-020MVT-T86
< TRANSFORMER > T6000 0 1-443-747-11 TRANSFORMER (PIT) T6004 0 1-443-748-11 TRANSFORMER (SRT) IC7020 IC7021 < VARISTOR > VD600001-804-992-21 VARISTOR VD600101-804-991-21 VARISTOR VD600301-804-991-21 VARISTOR *************************************************************** HA MOUNT ************ < TRANSISTOR > Q7020 Q7021 Q7022 Q7023 Q7024 8-729-120-28 8-729-120-28 8-729-120-28 8-729-120-28 8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6 2SC1623-L5L6 2SC1623-L5L6 2SC1623-L5L6 2SC1623-L5L6 < IC > 6-600-210-01 IC RPM7240-H8 6-707-223-01 IC LM75BIM-5/NOPB
< RESISTOR > < CAPACITOR > C7000 1-100-597-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 10% 25V R7020 R7021 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 47 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W
65
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
REF. NO. R7022 R7023 R7024 R7025 R7026 R7027 R7028 R7029 R7030 R7031 R7032 R7033 R7034 R7035 R7039 R7046 R7047 PART NO. 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-813-11 1-216-813-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-813-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-813-11 1-216-813-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-801-11 1-216-801-11 DESCRIPTION METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP REMARK 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W REF. NO. R7125 R7126 R7128 R7129 PART NO. DESCRIPTION 1-218-676-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 1-216-797-11 METAL CHIP 1-216-797-11 METAL CHIP RM-YD003 RM-YD003
HB HC HPC
10K 10K 220 220 10K 10K 220 10K 10K 10K 220 220 10K 10K 10K 22 22 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 220 0 10 10 REMARK 0.5% 1/10W 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W
< VARISTOR > VD7100 VD7101 VD7102 VD7108 VD7109 1-803-974-21 1-803-974-21 1-803-974-21 1-803-974-21 1-803-974-21 VARISTOR, CHIP VARISTOR, CHIP VARISTOR, CHIP VARISTOR, CHIP VARISTOR, CHIP (1608) (1608) (1608) (1608) (1608)
VD7110 1-803-974-21 VARISTOR, CHIP (1608) *************************************************************** HPC MOUNT ************
< SWITCH > < CAPACITOR > S7020 1-692-431-21 SWITCH, TACTILE C7200 C7201 C7202 C7205 C7206 C7207 < CAPACITOR > C7101 C7102 C7103 C7104 C7111 C7112 C7113 C7114 1-162-964-11 1-162-964-11 1-126-964-11 1-126-964-11 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT CERAMIC CHIP 0.001UF 0.001UF 10UF 10UF 100PF 100PF 0.022UF 0.022UF 10% 10% 20% 20% 5% 5% 10% 10% 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 25V 25V < CONNECTOR > CN7200 1-794-930-21 CONNECTOR, D SUB 1-107-826-11 1-127-573-11 1-127-573-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 1UF 1UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V
*************************************************************** HC MOUNT ***********
1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP
< DIODE > 1-162-927-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP D7203 D7204 D7205 D7208 D7209 D7210 D7212 D7213 8-719-073-39 8-719-073-39 8-719-073-39 8-719-977-28 8-719-977-28 DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE HZU5.6GTRF HZU5.6GTRF HZU5.6GTRF DTZ10B DTZ10B
< DIODE > D7100 D7101 D7102 D7108 D7109 D7110 D7111 8-719-977-28 8-719-977-28 8-719-069-55 8-719-083-58 8-719-062-19 DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE DTZ10B DTZ10B UDZSTE-175.6B UDZSTE-173.9B MA3200WA-TX
8-719-404-50 DIODE MA111-TX 8-719-977-28 DIODE DTZ10B 8-719-801-78 DIODE 1SS184
< FERRITE BEAD > 8-719-062-19 DIODE MA3200WA-TX 8-719-062-19 DIODE MA3200WA-TX FB7200 FB7201 FB7202 FB7204 1-469-100-21 1-469-100-21 1-469-100-21 1-400-141-22 FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE 0UH 0UH 0UH 0UH
< JACK > J7100 J7101 J7102 1-819-355-11 PHONO JACK 3P 1-819-356-11 PHONO JACK 3P 1-568-267-11 JACK
< IC > IC7200 6-704-600-01 IC M24C02-WMN6T(B)
< RESISTOR > < JACK > R7103 R7104 R7105 R7106 R7109 R7110 R7111 R7123 R7124 1-216-849-11 1-216-849-11 1-218-676-11 1-218-668-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-218-676-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP 220K 220K 220 100 1K 1K 0 0 220 5% 5% 0.5% 0.5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W J7200 1-573-798-11 JACK, MINIATURE (DIA. 3.5)
< IC LINK > PS7200 1-576-122-21 IC LINK 0.4A 72V
0.5% 1/10W
66
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION < TRANSISTOR > REMARK REF. NO. C3036 C3037 C3038 C3039 C3041 C3042 C3043 C3044 C3045 C3046 C3047 C3048 C3049 C3050 C3051 C3052 C3053 C3054 C3055 C3056 C3057 C3058 C3059 C3060 C3061 C3062 C3063 C3065 C3067 C3068 C3070 C3071 C3072 C3073 C3074 C3075 C3076 C3077 C3078 C3079 C3080 C3081 C3082 C3083 C3084 C3085 C3086 C3088 C3090 C3091 C3094 C3095 C3096 C3097 C3099 C3100 C3101 C3102 PART NO. 1-115-339-11 1-164-937-11 1-115-339-11 1-115-339-11 1-164-937-11 1-115-339-11 1-136-177-00 1-164-937-11 1-164-937-11 1-164-936-11 1-163-989-11 1-107-820-11 1-163-989-11 1-164-936-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-164-937-11 1-115-339-11 1-115-339-11 1-164-937-11 1-115-339-11 1-115-339-11 1-115-339-11 1-112-030-31 1-128-992-21 1-164-937-11 1-164-937-11 1-136-177-00 1-107-820-11 1-128-992-21 1-115-339-11 1-136-177-00 1-128-995-21 1-164-936-11 1-163-989-11 1-126-395-11 1-164-360-11 1-165-128-11 1-165-128-11 1-100-567-81 1-128-993-21 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-107-820-11 1-100-567-81 1-128-995-21 1-164-850-11 1-100-567-81 1-164-937-11 1-164-850-11 1-164-936-11 1-164-936-11 1-164-936-11 1-164-936-11 1-165-128-11 1-165-128-11 1-165-128-11 DESCRIPTION CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP FILM CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP FILM CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP FILM ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP RM-YD003 RM-YD003
HPC K
0.1UF 0.001UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 0.001UF 0.1UF 1UF 0.001UF 0.001UF 680PF 0.033UF 0.1UF 0.033UF 680PF 0.1UF 0.1UF 0.001UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 0.001UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 1500UF 47UF 0.001UF 0.001UF 1UF 0.1UF 47UF 0.1UF 1UF 100UF 680PF 0.033UF 22UF 0.1UF 0.22UF 0.22UF 10000PF 22UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 10000PF 100UF 10PF 10000PF 0.001UF 10PF 680PF 680PF 680PF 680PF 0.22UF 0.22UF 0.22UF 0.22UF 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 5% 10% 10% 10% 10% REMARK 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 25V 16V 25V 50V 16V 16V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 35V 25V 50V 50V 50V 16V 25V 50V 50V 10V 50V 25V 16V 16V 16V 16V 25V 10V 16V Q7200 6-550-014-01 TRANSISTOR SSM6N15FU(TE85R)
< RESISTOR > R7200 R7202 R7205 R7206 R7207 R7208 R7209 R7210 R7211 R7216 R7217 R7218 R7219 R7222 R7223 R7227 R7229 R7231 R7232 R7233 R7234 R7235 1-216-853-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-805-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-805-11 1-216-851-11 1-216-851-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-805-11 1-216-805-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 470K 100K 47 0 0 0 47 330K 330K 10K 10K 47 47 0 0 1K 100K 0 0 0 0 0 5% 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
10% 10%
10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 20% 20% 10% 10% 5% 20% 10% 5% 20% 10% 10% 20%
5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W
1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP
*************************************************************** A-1115-002-A K BOARD, COMPLETE *********************
< CAPACITOR > C3001 C3002 C3003 C3004 C3005 C3006 C3007 C3008 C3009 C3010 C3011 C3012 C3013 C3019 C3020 C3021 C3022 C3023 C3024 C3025 C3026 C3027 C3028 C3030 C3032 C3033 C3034 C3035 1-107-820-11 1-162-964-11 1-128-404-11 1-117-681-11 1-107-820-11 1-164-506-11 1-107-820-11 1-117-681-11 1-126-206-11 1-107-820-11 1-164-506-11 1-164-506-11 1-107-820-11 1-117-681-11 1-107-820-11 1-165-128-11 1-107-820-11 1-165-128-11 1-163-989-11 1-164-936-11 1-115-339-11 1-112-030-31 1-128-992-21 1-136-177-00 1-107-820-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT ELECT CHIP FILM CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 0.001UF 100UF 100UF 0.1UF 4.7UF 0.1UF 100UF 100UF 0.1UF 4.7UF 4.7UF 0.1UF 100UF 0.1UF 0.22UF 0.1UF 0.22UF 0.033UF 680PF 0.1UF 1500UF 47UF 1UF 0.1UF 47UF 0.001UF 0.1UF 16V 50V 35V 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V 6.3V 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V 16V 25V 50V 50V 35V 25V 50V 16V 25V 50V 50V
10% 20% 20%
10% 20%
20% 20%
16V 16V 10% 25V 20% 10V 0.50PF 50V 10% 25V 10% 50V 0.50PF 50V 10% 50V 10% 50V 10% 10% 50V 50V 16V 16V 16V 16V
20%
10% 10% 10% 20% 20% 5%
1-165-128-11 CERAMIC CHIP
1-128-992-21 ELECT CHIP 1-164-937-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP
20% 10% 10%
< CONNECTOR > CN3001 1-794-502-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (B04B-PASK) 4P
67
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
REF. NO. CN3002 CN3003 PART NO. 1-819-443-11 1-580-838-11 DESCRIPTION REMARK HEADER ASEEMBLY FOR PWB 15P PIN, CONNECTOR (PC BOARD) 4P REF. NO. R3014 R3015 R3016 R3017 R3019 R3020 R3021 R3022 R3023 R3024 R3025 R3026 R3027 R3029 R3030 R3032 R3033 R3034 R3035 R3036 R3037 R3038 R3039 R3040 R3041 R3042 R3043 R3044 R3045 R3046 R3047 R3048 R3049 R3050 R3051 R3052 R3053 R3054 R3055 R3056 R3057 R3059 R3060 R3062 R3063 R3064 R3065 R3066 R3067 R3070 R3071 R3072 R3073 R3075 R3076 R3077 R3078 R3079 R3082 R3084 R3085 R3086 R3088 PART NO. 1-218-965-11 1-218-941-81 1-218-965-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-977-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-978-11 1-218-977-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-965-11 1-208-695-11 1-208-695-11 1-218-965-11 1-218-977-11 1-208-683-11 1-218-933-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-965-11 1-218-977-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-978-11 1-218-977-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-965-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-965-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-216-791-11 1-218-941-81 1-218-941-81 1-216-791-11 1-218-941-81 1-218-965-11 1-216-800-11 1-218-941-81 1-218-941-81 1-218-990-81 1-216-790-11 1-216-790-11 1-218-941-81 1-218-965-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-945-11 1-218-941-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-945-11 1-218-972-11 1-216-800-11 1-218-941-81 1-218-945-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-965-11 1-216-800-11 1-218-933-11 DESCRIPTION RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP RM-YD003 RM-YD003
K
10K 100 10K 10K 100K 10K 120K 100K 0 10K 3.3K 3.3K 10K 100K 1K 22 0 10K 100K 0 0 120K 100K 0 0 0 0 10K 0 10K 0 0 0 3.3 100 100 3.3 100 10K 18 100 100 0 2.7 2.7 100 10K 0 0 220 100 0 0 220 39K 18 100 220 0 10K 18 22 22 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% REMARK 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W < DIODE > D3001 D3002 D3003 D3004 6-500-260-01 6-500-260-01 6-500-260-01 6-500-260-01 DIODE DIODE DIODE DIODE P6SMB39AT3 P6SMB39AT3 P6SMB39AT3 P6SMB39AT3
< TERMINAL BOARD > EB3001 EB3002 1-537-771-21 TERMINAL BOARD, GROUND 1-537-771-21 TERMINAL BOARD, GROUND
5% 1/16W 0.5% 1/16W 0.5% 1/16W 5% 5% 0.5% 5% 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
< FILTER > FL3001 FL3002 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 1-234-177-21 FERRITE 0UH 0UH
5% 5%
1/16W 1/16W
< IC > IC3001 IC3002 IC3003 IC3004 IC3005 IC3006 IC3007 IC3008 6-706-862-01 8-759-548-99 6-706-862-01 8-759-573-97 6-707-629-01 IC IC IC IC IC NJM2387DL2-TE1 SN74LV08APWR NJM2387DL2-TE1 SN74LVC541APWR CXD9845M
5% 5%
1/16W 1/16W
6-705-979-01 IC CXD9788AR 6-701-189-01 IC MC74VHC1GU04DFT1 6-700-263-01 IC NJM2870F18(TE2)
5% 5%
1/16W 1/16W
< COIL > L3001 L3002 L3006 1-457-106-11 COIL,CHOKE 10UH 1-457-106-11 COIL,CHOKE 10UH 1-412-939-11 INDUCTOR 1UH
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/16W 1/16W 1/10W 1/16W 1/16W 1/10W 1/16W 1/16W
< IC LINK > PS3001 1-576-788-21 FUSE 5A 72V
< TRANSISTOR > Q3002 Q3003 Q3004 Q3005 Q3006 8-729-602-36 8-729-602-36 8-729-120-28 8-729-602-36 8-729-602-36 TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR 2SA1602-F 2SA1602-F 2SC1623-L5L6 2SA1602-F 2SA1602-F
5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/16W 1/16W
< RESISTOR > R3001 R3002 R3003 R3004 R3005 R3006 R3007 R3008 R3009 R3010 R3011 R3012 R3013 1-218-990-81 1-218-965-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-208-927-11 1-208-929-11 1-208-931-11 1-208-699-11 1-208-699-11 SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP 0 10K 0 0 0 47K 56K 68K 4.7K 4.7K 0 100 100
5% 5%
1/16W 1/16W
5%
1/16W
0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5% 0.5%
1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/16W 1/16W 1/10W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/10W 1/16W 1/16W
1-218-990-81 SHORT CHIP 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP 1-218-941-81 RES-CHIP
5% 5%
1/16W 1/16W
1-218-933-11 RES-CHIP
68
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
REF. NO. R3089 R3092 R3096 R3097 R3098 R3100 R3101 R3102 R3103 R3104 R3105 R3106 R3107 R3108 R3111 R3112 R3113 R3114 R3150 R3151 R3152 R3153 R3154 R3155 R3156 R3157 R3158 R3159 R3164 PART NO. 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-216-790-11 1-216-790-11 1-218-990-81 1-216-800-11 1-216-791-11 1-216-791-11 1-216-791-11 1-218-945-11 1-218-977-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-989-11 1-218-941-81 1-218-945-11 1-218-945-11 1-218-990-81 1-218-990-81 1-216-295-91 1-216-813-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-218-990-81 DESCRIPTION SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP RES-CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP REMARK 0 0 2.7 2.7 0 18 3.3 3.3 3.3 220 100K 0 1M 100 220 220 0 0 0 220 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W REF. NO. C7824 C7825 C7826 C7827 C7828 C7829 C7830 C7831 C7832 C7834 C7835 C7836 C7837 C7838 C7840 C7841 C7842 C7843 C7845 C7846 C7847 C7849 C7850 C7851 C7852 C7853 C7855 C7858 C7859 C7860 C7865 C7867 C7868 C7872 C7873 C7874 C7875 C7905 C7906 C7907 C7908 C7912 C7929 C7931 C7932 C7933 C7934 C7935 C7943 C7944 C7945 C7946 C7947 C7948 C7949 C7950 PART NO. 1-107-826-11 1-128-996-11 1-165-319-11 1-128-996-11 1-162-964-11 1-162-970-11 1-164-156-11 1-162-964-11 1-162-970-11 1-137-765-21 1-128-996-11 1-128-396-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-165-989-11 1-165-989-11 1-162-970-11 1-162-970-11 1-164-156-11 1-165-492-21 1-128-396-11 1-165-492-21 1-165-492-21 1-165-989-11 1-125-889-91 1-164-156-11 1-165-492-21 1-127-820-11 1-115-566-11 1-107-826-11 1-164-156-11 1-165-989-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-165-989-11 1-107-826-11 1-127-820-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-115-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-115-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-162-917-11 1-162-964-11 1-162-964-11 1-162-964-11 1-162-964-11 1-162-964-11 DESCRIPTION CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP ELECT CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP ELECT CHIP ELECT CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP RM-YD003 RM-YD003
K QT
0.1UF 4.7UF 0.1UF 4.7UF 0.001UF 0.01UF 0.1UF 0.001UF 0.01UF 47UF 4.7UF 470UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 10UF 10UF 0.01UF 0.01UF 0.1UF 100UF 470UF 100UF 100UF 10UF 2.2UF 0.1UF 100UF 4.7UF 4.7UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 10UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 10UF 0.1UF 4.7UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 1UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 1UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 15PF 0.001UF 0.001UF 0.001UF 0.001UF 0.001UF 10% 20% REMARK 16V 50V 50V 50V 50V 25V 25V 50V 25V 16V 50V 10V 25V 25V 6.3V 6.3V 25V 25V 25V 10V 10V 10V 10V 6.3V 10V 25V 10V 16V 10V 16V 25V 6.3V 25V 25V 6.3V 16V 16V 25V 25V 25V 25V 25V 10V 25V 25V 25V 25V 10V 25V 25V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 20% 10% 10%
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W
10% 10% 20% 20% 20%
10% 10% 10% 10% 20% 20% 20% 20% 10% 10% 20% 10% 10% 10% 10%
5%
1/10W
< VIBRATOR > X3001 1-795-660-21 QUARTZ CRYSTAL UNIT
*************************************************************** A-1103-580-A QT BOARD, COMPLETE **********************
10% 10% 10%
< CAPACITOR > C7800 C7801 C7802 C7803 C7804 C7805 C7806 C7807 C7808 C7809 C7810 C7811 C7812 C7813 C7814 C7815 C7816 C7817 C7818 C7819 C7820 C7821 C7823 1-137-765-21 1-165-492-21 1-165-492-21 1-165-492-21 1-100-159-91 1-107-826-11 1-115-156-11 1-127-820-11 1-127-820-11 1-137-765-21 1-127-820-11 1-162-995-11 1-162-970-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-107-826-11 1-162-995-11 1-115-566-11 1-127-820-11 1-100-159-91 ELECT CHIP ELECT CHIP ELECT CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP ELECT CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 47UF 100UF 100UF 100UF 22UF 0.1UF 1UF 4.7UF 4.7UF 47UF 4.7UF 0.022UF 0.01UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 0.022UF 4.7UF 4.7UF 22UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 22UF 20% 20% 20% 20% 10% 10% 10% 10% 20% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10% 16V 10V 10V 10V 6.3V 16V 10V 16V 16V 16V 16V 50V 25V 16V 16V 16V 50V 10V 16V 6.3V 16V 16V 6.3V
5% 10% 10% 10% 10% 10%
< CONNECTOR > CN7802 1-819-390-21 FFC/FPC CONNECTOR (ZIF) 49P CN7903 1-818-484-11 FFC/FPC CONNECTOR (ZIF) 80P
1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-107-826-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-100-159-91 CERAMIC CHIP
69
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION < DIODE > REMARK REF. NO. R7803 R7804 R7805 R7806 R7807 R7808 R7809 R7810 R7815 R7816 R7817 R7818 R7819 R7820 R7821 R7822 R7825 R7831 R7832 R7833 R7835 R7839 R7841 R7842 R7844 R7845 R7850 R7851 R7852 R7853 R7854 R7858 R7859 R7860 R7861 R7863 R7864 R7865 R7866 22UH 1.2MH 22UH 10UH 2.2UH 10UH 10UH 10UH 10UH 10UH 10UH R7867 R7877 R7878 R7883 R7885 R7886 R7888 R7890 R7891 R7892 R7893 R7894 R7896 R7897 R7909 R7910 R7911 R7912 R7913 R7914 R7915 R7919 R7940 R7941 R7952 PART NO. 1-216-809-11 1-216-821-11 1-218-847-11 1-211-977-11 1-218-830-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-837-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-837-11 1-216-864-11 1-218-889-11 1-218-881-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-835-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-837-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-809-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-837-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-837-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-827-11 1-216-817-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-803-11 1-216-295-91 1-218-867-11 1-218-891-11 1-218-911-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-295-91 1-216-295-91 1-216-864-11 1-216-797-11 1-216-797-11 1-216-803-11 1-216-797-11 1-216-797-11 1-216-797-11 1-216-821-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 DESCRIPTION METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP RM-YD003 RM-YD003
QT
D7801 D7802 D7803 8-719-066-99 DIODE SML-210VTT86 8-719-060-99 DIODE SML-210MT-T86 8-719-066-99 DIODE SML-210VTT86 100 1K 1K 22 200 100K 10K 0 10K 0 0 0 22K 10K 10K 22K 0 56K 27K 0 0 0 10K 0 100 1K 470 15K 470 22K 0 100 10K 22K 10K 22K 10K 10K 3.3K 470 0 0 0 0 0 33 0 6.8K 68K 470K 10K 0 0 0 10 10 33 10 10 10 1K 10K 10K 10K 5% 5% 0.5% 0.5% REMARK 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
< FERRITE BEAD > FB7800 FB7801 FB7802 FB7803 FB7808 FB7809 FB7810 FB7811 FB7901 FB7902 FB7903 FB7904 FB7905 FB7906 1-400-180-21 1-400-089-21 1-400-089-21 1-400-180-21 1-400-180-21 1-414-226-21 1-414-226-21 1-414-760-21 1-414-229-11 1-414-760-21 1-414-760-21 1-414-229-11 1-414-229-11 1-414-229-11 INDUCTOR FERRITE FERRITE INDUCTOR INDUCTOR FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE FERRITE 0UH 0UH 0UH 0UH 0UH 0UH 0UH 0UH 0UH 0UH 0UH 0UH 0UH 0UH
0.5% 1/10W 5% 1/10W 5% 1/10W 5% 1/10W
5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
0.5% 1/10W 0.5% 1/10W
5%
1/10W
< IC > IC7800 IC7801 IC7802 IC7803 IC7804 IC7806 IC7807 IC7808 IC7900 IC7904 IC7906 IC7907 6-708-112-01 6-705-839-01 6-708-082-01 6-708-171-01 8-749-925-00 8-759-646-63 8-759-549-01 6-708-082-01 8-753-238-09 8-759-649-45 IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC IC MIC49300WR-TR XC6219B182MR NJM2846DL2-05(TE2) MIC5235YM5TR TK11819MTL CD74HC4053M-96 SN74LV125APWR NJM2846DL2-05(TE2) CXD1969R-T6 SN74AHC1G04DCKR
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
6-706-811-01 IC TPS2091DR 6-706-812-01 IC TPS2012ADR
< COIL > L7800 L7801 L7802 L7804 L7805 L7806 L7808 L7809 L7810 L7811 L7812 1-414-755-11 1-412-642-61 1-414-755-11 1-414-754-11 1-414-752-11 1-414-754-11 1-414-754-11 1-414-754-11 1-414-754-11 1-414-754-11 INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR INDUCTOR
5%
1/10W
0.5% 1/10W 0.5% 1/10W 0.5% 1/10W 5% 1/10W
1-414-754-11 INDUCTOR
< TRANSISTOR > Q7802 Q7803 Q7804 Q7805 Q7806 Q7807 8-729-047-14 8-729-120-28 8-729-120-28 8-729-120-28 8-729-600-22 TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR TRANSISTOR 2SC3775 2SC1623-L5L6 2SC1623-L5L6 2SC1623-L5L6 2SA1235-F
5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
8-729-120-28 TRANSISTOR 2SC1623-L5L6
< RESISTOR > R7800 1-216-864-11 SHORT CHIP 0
70
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
REF. NO. C7182 C7183 PART NO. 1-162-915-11 1-162-915-11 DESCRIPTION CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP RM-YD003 RM-YD003
QT QU S2 T1 T2
10PF 10PF REMARK 0.50PF 50V 0.50PF 50V < CONNECTOR > CN7180 1-819-333-11 HEADER ASSEMBLY FOR PWB 5P
REF. NO. R7954 R7987 R7989 R7991 R7992 R7994 R7997 R7998 R8000 R8002
PART NO. 1-216-845-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-845-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-833-11 1-216-829-11 1-216-864-11
DESCRIPTION METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP
100K 10K 100K 0 0 0 10K 10K 4.7K 0
5% 5% 5%
REMARK 1/10W 1/10W 1/10W
5% 5% 5%
1/10W 1/10W 1/10W IC7180
< IC > 6-707-223-01 IC LM75BIM-5/NOPB
< NETWORK RESISTOR > < RESISTOR > RB7900 RB7901 RB7902 RB7903 RB7904 RB7905 RB7906 RB7907 RB7908 RB7909 RB7910 RB7911 RB7913 RB7914 RB7916 1-234-371-21 1-234-371-21 1-242-963-21 1-234-369-21 1-234-369-21 1-234-369-21 1-234-369-21 1-234-369-21 1-234-369-21 1-234-369-21 1-234-369-21 1-234-369-21 1-234-400-21 1-242-963-21 1-234-400-21 RES, NETWORK 47 RES, NETWORK 47 RES, NETWORK 33 RES, NETWORK 10 RES, NETWORK 10 RES, NETWORK 10 RES, NETWORK 10 RES, NETWORK 10 RES, NETWORK 10 RES, NETWORK 10 RES, NETWORK 10 RES, NETWORK 10 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK RES, NETWORK 33 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK (1005X4) (1005X4) (1005X4) (1005X4) (1005X4) (1005X4) (1005X4) (1005X4) (1005X4) (1005X4) (1005X4) (1005X4) (2010X4) (1005X4) (2010X4) (2010X4) S7150 < TUNER > *************************************************************** TU7800 8-597-505-00 TUNER UNIT, DIGITAL BTD-CA811Z ************************************************************** * A-1073-391-A QU BOARD, COMPLETE ********************** S7155 < CAPACITOR > *************************************************************** C7951 C7952 C7953 C7954 1-115-156-11 1-115-156-11 1-164-156-11 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP CERAMIC CHIP 1UF 1UF 0.1UF 0.1UF 10V 10V 25V 25V MISCELLANEOUS **************** T2 MOUNT ********* R7181 R7182 R7185 R7186 R7187 1-216-801-11 1-216-801-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP METAL CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP SHORT CHIP 22 22 0 0 0 5% 5% 1/10W 1/10W
*************************************************************** T1 MOUNT *********
< CONNECTOR > CN7150 1-819-336-11 HEADER ASSEMBLY FOR PWB 3P
RB7917 1-234-400-21 CONDUCTOR, NETWORK
< SWITCH > 1-786-591-11 SWITCH, MICRO
< SWITCH > 1-786-591-11 SWITCH, MICRO
< CONNECTOR > CN7951 1-573-768-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (1.5MM) (SMD)5P CN7952 1-818-486-11 PCMCIA CONNECTOR (SMD) CN7953 1-818-483-11 FFC/FPC CONNECTOR (ZIF) 80P
A-1054-757-A CONVERTER, PS A-1123-069-A OPTICS UNIT BLOCK ASSY (E50A10) A-1123-071-A OPTICS UNIT BLOCK ASSY (E42A10) A-1124-850-A LAMP BLOCK ASSY 0 1-468-936-11 POWER SUPPLY BLOCK 1-576-912-11 1-787-231-11 1-787-333-11 1-787-373-11 1-791-192-21 THERMOSTAT D.C. FAN (SIROCCO) D.C. FAN FAN,DC CORD, NOISE FILTER WITH POWER
< TEST POINT > TP7950 1-694-766-21 TERMINAL (ONBOARD CONTACT)
0 0 0 0
************************************************************** S2 MOUNT *********
1-826-219-11 LOUDSPEAKER (5X15cm) 1-830-099-21 LEAD WIRE WITH CONNECTOR(LVDS) *************************************************************** ACCESSORIES & PACKING MATERIALS *************************************
< CAPACITOR > C7180 C7181 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1-165-908-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1UF 1UF 25V 10V
10%
2-597-544-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
71
KDF-E42A10/E50A10 K
REF. NO. PART NO. 2-597-544-21 2-597-544-31 2-597-545-11 2-597-545-21 DESCRIPTION MANUAL, INSTRUCTION MANUAL, INSTRUCTION QUICK SETUP GUIDE QUICK SETUP GUIDE REMARK REF. NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION RM-YD003 RM-YD003
REMARK
2-597-545-31 QUICK SETUP GUIDE
< REMOTE COMMANDER > 1-479-327-11 REMOTE COMANDER RM-YD003 9-885-083-75 COVER, BATTERY 9-885-089-78 COVER, SLIDE
< OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES > 93-0875-00 LAMP XL-2400
9-872-749-03
Sony EMCS Corporation Ichinomiya TEC 72
English 2005JR02-1 2005.10
2-597-544-11(1)
LCD Projection TV HD-TV Operating Instructions
KDF-E42A10 KDF-E50A10
2005 Sony Corporation
Owners Record
The model and serial numbers are located at the rear of the TV. Record these numbers in the spaces provided below. Refer to them whenever you call upon your Sony dealer regarding this product.
Model No. Serial No.
Contacting Sony
If, after reading the following instructions, you have additional questions related to the use of your Sony TV, please call one of the following numbers. Customers in the continental United States contact the Direct Response Center at: 1-800-222-SONY (7669) or visit http://www.sonystyle.com/tv/ Customers in Canada contact the Customer Relations Center at: 1-877-899-SONY (7669) or visit http://www.sonystyle.ca/tv/
WARNING
To reduce the risk of fire or electric shock, do not expose this apparatus to rain or moisture.
Declaration of Conformity
Trade Name: SONY Model: KDF-E42A10/KDF-E50A10 Responsible Party: Sony Electronics Inc. Address: 16450 W. Bernardo Dr, San Diego, CA 92127 U.S.A. Telephone Number: 858-942-2230 This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
CAUTION
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT OPEN
ATTENTION
RISQUE DE CHOC ELECTRIQUE, NE PAS OUVRIR
PRECAUCION
RIESGO DE CHOQUE ELECTRICO NO ABRIR
NOTIFICATION
This symbol is intended to alert the user to the presence of uninsulated dangerous voltage within the products enclosure that may be of sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric shock to persons. This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: s s s s Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
This symbol is intended to alert the user to the presence of important operating and maintenance (servicing) instructions in the literature accompanying the appliance.
The apparatus shall not be exposed to dripping or splashing and no objects filled with liquids, such as vases, shall be placed on the apparatus.
CAUTION
To prevent electric shock, do not use this polarized AC plug with an extension cord, receptacle or other outlet unless the blades can be fully inserted to prevent blade exposure.
You are cautioned that any changes or modifications not expressly approved in this manual could void your authority to operate this equipment.
For Customers in Canada

This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
CAUTION
When using TV games, computers, and similar products with your projection TV, keep the brightness and contrast functions at low settings. If a fixed (non-moving) pattern is left on the screen for long periods of time at a high brightness or contrast setting, the image can be permanently imprinted onto the screen. Continuously watching the same program can cause the imprint of station logos onto the TV screen. These types of imprints are not covered by your warranty because they are the result of misuse.
Safety
s s s Operate the TV only on 120 V AC. Use the AC power cord specified by Sony and suitable for the voltage where you use it. The plug is designed, for safety purposes, to fit into the wall outlet only one way. If you are unable to insert the plug fully into the outlet, contact your dealer. If any liquid or solid object should fall inside the cabinet, unplug the TV immediately and have it checked by qualified service personnel before operating it further. If you will not be using the TV for several days, disconnect the power by pulling the plug itself. Never pull on the cord. For details concerning safety precautions, see Important Safety Instructions on page 5. The TV should be installed near an easily accessible power outlet. To prevent internal heat buildup, do not block the ventilation openings. Do not install the TV in a hot or humid place, or in a place subject to excessive dust or mechanical vibration. Avoid operating the TV at temperatures below 41F (5C). If the TV is transported directly from a cold to a warm location, or if the room temperature changes suddenly, the picture may be blurred or show poor color due to moisture condensation. In this case, please wait a few hours to let the moisture evaporate before turning on the TV.
Note on Caption Vision

This TV provides display of TV closed captioning in accordance with 15.119 of the FCC rules. s s
For Customers in the United States

If you have any questions about this product, you may call; Sony Customer Information Services Center 1-800-222-7669 or http://www.sony.com/
Installing
s s s s s
(Continued)
To obtain the best picture, do not expose the screen to direct illumination or direct sunlight. It is recommended to use spot lighting directed down from the ceiling or to cover the windows that face the screen with opaque drapery. It is desirable to install the TV in a room where the floor and walls are not of a reflective material. See pages 13 and 14 for more information on the installation.
This TV incorporates High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI) technology. HDMI, the HDMI logo and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC.
CAUTION
Use the following Sony appliance(s) only with the following TV STAND. Use with other TV STAND may cause instability and possibly result in injury. SONY APPLIANCE MODEL NO. KDF-E42A10 KDF-E50A10 SONY TV STAND MODEL NO. SU-RG11S (KDF-E42A10) SU-RG11M (KDF-E50A10)
To Customers
Sufficient expertise is required for installing the specified product. Be sure to subcontract the installation to Sony dealers or licensed contractors and pay adequate attention to safety during the installation.
For Customers in the United States

This product contains mercury. Disposal of this product may be regulated if sold in the United States. For disposal or recycling information, please contact your local authorities or the Electronics Industries Alliance (http://www.eiae.org).
Note
This digital television is capable of receiving analog basic, digital basic and digital premium cable television programming by direct connection to a cable system providing such programming. A security card provided by your cable operator is required to view encrypted digital programming. Certain advanced and interactive digital cable services such as video-on-demand, a cable operators enhanced program guide and data-enhanced television services may require the use of a set-top box. For more information call your local cable operator. This television also includes a QAM demodulator which should allow you to receive unscrambled digital cable television programming via subscription service to a cable service provider. Availability of digital cable television programming in your area depends on the type of programming and signal provided by your cable service provider.
Trademark Information
CableCARD is a trademark of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc. TruSurround XT, SRS and the symbol are trademarks of SRS Labs, Inc. TruSurround XT technology is incorporated under license from SRS Labs, Inc. Licensed by BBE Sound, Inc. under USP4638258, 4482866. BBE and BBE symbol are trademarks of BBE Sound, Inc. Macintosh is a trademark licensed to Apple Computer, Inc., registered in the U.S.A and other countries. WEGA, Grand WEGA, WEGA GATE, Steady Sound, Digital Reality Creation and CineMotion are registered trademarks of Sony Corporation. PlayStation is a trademark of Sony Computer Entertainment, Inc. This TV is manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
Important Safety Instructions

1) 2) 3) 4) 5) Read these instructions. Keep these instructions. Heed all warnings. Follow all instructions. Do not use this apparatus near water. 13) Unplug this apparatus during lightning storms or when unused for long periods of time. 12) Use only with the cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table specified by the manufacturer, or sold with the apparatus. When a cart is used, use caution when moving the cart/apparatus combination to avoid injury from tip-over.
6)
Clean only with dry cloth.
7)
Do not block any ventilation openings. Install in accordance with the manufacturers instructions.
14) Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel. Servicing is required when the apparatus has been damaged in any way, such as power-supply cord or plug is damaged, liquid has been spilled or objects have fallen into the apparatus, the apparatus has been exposed to rain or moisture, does not operate normally, or has been dropped.
s 8) Do not install near any heat sources such as radiators, heat registers, stoves, or other apparatus (including amplifiers) that produce heat. Do not defeat the safety purpose of the polarized or grounding-type plug. A polarized plug has two blades with one wider than the other. A grounding type plug has two blades and a third grounding prong. The wide blade or the third prong are provided for your safety. If the provided plug does not fit into your outlet, consult an electrician for replacement of the obsolete outlet.
Be sure to observe the TVs For Safety section on page 6.
Antennas
Outdoor Antenna Grounding
If an outdoor antenna is installed, follow the precautions below. An outdoor antenna system should not be located in the vicinity of overhead power lines or other electric light or power circuits, or where it can come in contact with such power lines or circuits. WHEN INSTALLING AN OUTDOOR ANTENNA SYSTEM, EXTREME CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN TO KEEP FROM CONTACTING SUCH POWER LINES OR CIRCUITS AS CONTACT WITH THEM IS ALMOST INVARIABLY FATAL. Be sure the antenna system is grounded so as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges. Section 810 of the National Electrical Code (NEC) in USA and Section 54 of the Canadian Electrical Code in Canada provides information with respect to proper grounding of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode.
9)
10) Protect the power cord from being walked on or pinched particularly at plugs, convenience receptacles, and the point where they exit from the apparatus.
11) Only use attachments/accessories specified by the manufacturer.
(Continued)
Antenna Grounding According to the NEC

Refer to section 54-300 of Canadian Electrical Code for Antenna Grounding.
For Safety
Be Careful When Moving the TV
When you place the TV in position, be careful not to drop it on your foot or fingers. Watch your footing while installing the TV.
STD/DUO
Antenna lead-in wire Ground clamp Antenna lead-in wire (NEC Section 810-20) Grounding conductors (NEC section 810-21) Ground clamps Power service grounding electrode system (NEC Art 250 Part H)
POWER
Carry the TV in the Specified Manner

If you carry the TV in a manner other than the specified manner and without the specified number of persons, it may drop and a serious injury may be caused. Be sure to follow the instructions mentioned below. s s s Carry the TV with the specified number of persons (see page 13). Hold the TV tightly when carrying it. Before carrying the TV, disconnect any accessories or cables.
Electrical service equipment
NEC: National Electrical Code
Cleaning
s s Clean the rear cover area of the TV regularly. Dust in the rear cover area may cause a problem with the cooling system of the TV set. Clean the cabinet of the TV with a dry soft cloth. To remove dust from the screen, wipe it gently with a soft cloth. Stubborn stains may be removed with a cloth slightly dampened with solution of mild soap and warm water. Never use strong solvents such as thinner or benzine for cleaning. If the picture becomes dark after using the TV for a long period of time, it may be necessary to clean the inside of the TV. Consult qualified service personnel. Unplug the AC power cord when cleaning this unit. Cleaning this unit with a plugged AC power cord may result in electric shock.
About the TV
Although the TV is made with high-precision technology, black dots may appear or bright points of light (red, blue, or green) may appear constantly on the screen. This is a structural property of the panel and is not a defect.
Installation
s If direct sunlight or other strong illumination shines on the screen, part of the screen may appear white due to reflections from behind the screen. This is a structural property of the TV. Do not expose the screen to direct illumination or direct sunlight. The picture quality may be affected by your viewing position. For the best picture quality, install your TV according to Recommended Viewing Area on page 14. When installing your TV against a wall, keep it at least 4 inches (10 cm) away from the wall.
On Contamination on the Screen Surface

The screen surface has a special coating to reduce reflections. To prevent screen damage, clean the screen as follows: s s Clean the screen with a soft cloth. To remove hard contamination, use a cloth moistened with a solution of mild detergent and water. Do not spray cleaning solution directly onto the TV. It should only be sprayed to moisten the cleaning cloth. Do not use any type of abrasive pad, alkaline cleaner, acid cleaner, scouring powder, chemical cloth, or solvent such as alcohol, benzene or thinner, as these may scratch the screen's coating.
Projection Lamp
s Your TV uses a projection lamp as its light source. It is time to replace the lamp with a new one (not supplied) when: the lamp replacement indicator on the front panel blinks in red, screen images become dark, no image appears on the display after prolonged use. In rare instances, the bulb may pop inside the lamp unit, but the lamp unit is designed to contain all of broken glass pieces inside the lamp unit. (See Replacing the Lamp on page 86.) When the lamp eventually burns out, you may hear a noticeable pop sound. This is normal and is inherent in this type of lamp.
Service
Damage Requiring Service
Do not attempt to service the set by yourself since opening the cabinet may expose you to dangerous voltage or other hazards. Unplug the set from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualified service personnel.
Disposal of Used Batteries

To preserve our environment, dispose of used batteries according to your local laws or regulations.
Cooling Fan
This TV uses a cooling fan. You may hear the noise of fan running, depending on the placement of your TV. The noise may be more noticeable during the night or when the background noise level is low.
Replacement Parts
When replacement parts are required, be sure the service technician certifies in writing that he has used replacement parts specified by the manufacturer that have the same characteristics as the original parts. Unauthorized substitutions may result in fire, electric shock or other hazards. See Replacing the Lamp on page 86.
Contents
Introducing the TV
Welcome ................................................................ 9 Package Contents............................................ 9 Features........................................................... 9 Enjoying Your TV................................................ 11 Notes on the TV ............................................. 11 Screen............................................................ 11 Indicators ....................................................... 12 Projection Lamp ............................................. 12 Installing the TV .................................................. 13 Carrying Your TV ........................................... 13 Take Precaution during Installation................ 13 Preventing the TV from Toppling Over .......... 14 When Installing Your TV against a Wall......... 14 Recommended Viewing Area ........................ 14 TV Controls and Connectors ............................. 15 Front Panel .................................................... 15 Side Panel...................................................... 16 Rear Panel ..................................................... 17 Connecting Optional Equipment .......................33 VCR and Cable ..............................................34 VCR and Cable Box .......................................35 Two VCRs for Tape Editing............................37 DVD Player with Component Video Connectors...........................................38 DVD Player with S VIDEO and Audio Connectors ....................39 Personal Computer ........................................40 Camcorder or PlayStation............................41 Audio Receiver ...............................................42
Watching the TV
Overview ..............................................................43 Inserting Batteries into the Remote Control.....43 Button Descriptions............................................44 Programming the Remote Control ....................47 Using Other Equipment with Your Remote Control...........................................................49 Special Buttons on the Remote Control ...........51 Using the GUIDE Button ................................51 Using the WIDE Button ..................................53 Using the JUMP Button ..................................54 Using the FREEZE Button..............................54
Connecting the TV
Overview.............................................................. 19 Making Video and Audio Connections ........... 19 About Using S VIDEO.................................... 20 About Using HDMI to DVI Adapter................. 20 Basic Connections ............................................. 21 Cable System or VHF/UHF............................ 22 Cable Box and Antenna ................................. 23 Cable Box ...................................................... 24 Satellite Receiver ........................................... 25 Digital Cable Box or Digital Satellite Receiver......................................................... 26 Equipment with HDMI Connection ................. 27 Equipment with DVI Connection .................... 28 Equipment with Digital Audio (Optical)........... 29 Using CableCARD Device .................................. 30 About Using CableCARD Device................... 30 Activating CableCARD Service...................... 30 Removing the CableCARD Device ................ 31 Setting Up the Channel List............................... 32 Using Initial Setup .......................................... 32
Introducing WEGA GATE

Overview of WEGA GATE...................................55 Navigating and Selecting Items .........................57 Using Favorites in WEGA GATE........................57 Using Cable in WEGA GATE ..............................58 Using Antenna in WEGA GATE .........................58 Using External Inputs in WEGA GATE..............59 Using Settings in WEGA GATE..........................59
Using the Settings

Overview ..............................................................61 Accessing the Video Settings............................63 Selecting Video Options .................................63 Selecting PC Video Options ...........................65 Accessing the Audio Settings ...........................66 Selecting Audio Options .................................66 Selecting PC Audio Options ...........................68
Accessing the Screen Settings ......................... 69 Selecting Screen Options .............................. 69 Selecting PC Screen Options ........................ 71 Accessing the Channel Settings ....................... 72 Selecting Channel Options ............................ 72 Accessing the Parental Lock Settings.............. 74 Selecting Parental Lock Options.................... 74 Viewing Blocked Programs ............................ 75 Selecting Custom Rating Options .................. 76 Accessing the Setup Settings ........................... 78 Selecting Setup Options ................................ 78 Programming Caption Vision ......................... 80 Selecting PC Setup Options .......................... 81 Accessing the Applications Settings................ 83 Selecting Applications Options ...................... 83
Other Information
Overview.............................................................. 85 Contacting Sony ................................................. 85 Replacing the Lamp............................................ 86 How to Replace the Lamp.............................. 86 Troubleshooting ................................................. 90 Remote Control.............................................. 90 CableCARD Device ....................................... 90 Video.............................................................. 91 Audio.............................................................. 92 Channels........................................................ 92 General .......................................................... 93 Specifications .................................................... 94
Index
Index ................................................................... 96
Introducing the TV
Welcome
Thank you for purchasing this Sonys HD LCD projection TV. This manual is for models KDF-E42A10 and KDF-E50A10.
Introducing the TV
Package Contents
Along with your new TV, the packing box contains a remote control and two AA (R6) batteries. See page 95 for the complete list of packaging contents. Some of the features that you will enjoy with your new TV include: WEGA GATE: WEGA GATE is a new feature that allows you to easily navigate to the most convenient TV functions: favorite channels, cable channels, antenna channels, external input list or settings. WEGA Engine: Delivers superb picture quality from any video source by minimizing the signal deterioration caused by digital-to-analog conversion and stabilizing the signal processing. This engine features unique Sony technology, including: DRC (Digital Reality Creation)-MF V1: Unlike conventional line doublers, the DRC Multifunction feature replaces the signal's NTSC waveform with the near-HD equivalent by digital mapping processing. The DRC Palette option lets you customize the level of detail (Reality) and smoothness (Clarity) to create up to three custom palettes.

Features
Integrated HDTV: You can watch digital television programs and enjoy the improved audio/video quality offered by these programs. Wide Screen Mode: Allows you to watch 4:3 normal broadcasts in wide screen mode (16:9 aspect ratio). Advanced Iris: This advanced iris shutter works automatically open and close according to the incoming signal level to create brighter whites and better contrast in dark scenes. CineMotion: Using the reverse 3-2 pull down technology, the CineMotion feature provides smoother picture movement when playing back movies or other video sources on film. Parental Control: V-Chip technology allows parents to block unsuitable programming from younger viewers. CableCARD slot: Provides cable subscribers with access to digitally encrypted cable channels without the need for a set-top box that will enable you to receive not only standard definition but also high definition television. The CableCARD device, which is provided by your cable TV company, is inserted into the TVs rear panel (Continued)
Introducing the TV
CableCARD slot. After the service is activated with your cable TV company, the card replaces the need for a separate set-top box. (Check with your cable TV company about CableCARD service details, limitations, pricing, and availability. For more information about the CableCARD device in this manual, see page 30.) Component Video Inputs: Offers the best video quality for DVD (480p, 480i) and digital set-top box (1080i, 720p, 480p, 480i) connections. S VIDEO Inputs: Provides a high-quality image from connected equipment. Favorite Channels: With the WEGA GATE function, it allows you to navigate a list of up to 16 favorite channels without leaving the current channel. Steady Sound: Equalizes volume levels so there is consistent output between programs and commercials. HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface): Provides an uncompressed, all-digital audio/video interface between this TV and any HDMI-equipped audio/video component, such as a set-top box, DVD player, and A/V receiver. HDMI supports enhanced, or highdefinition video, plus two-channel digital audio.
10
Introducing the TV
Enjoying Your TV
To enjoy your TV for years to come and maintain its original picture quality, you should perform periodic maintenance.
Introducing the TV
Notes on the TV
To enjoy clear picture
Prevent sunlight or other light sources from shining directly on to the screen. The screen surface is easily scratched. Do not rub, touch, or tap it with sharp or abrasive objects (see On Contamination on the Screen Surface on page 6).
When not using the TV for a long period of time
Unplug the AC power cord from the outlet if you anticipate not using the TV for more than a week.
When turning off the power
The cooling fan will continue to operate for about two minutes. Allow several minutes before unplugging from the outlet or switching the breaker off.
On moisture condensation
If your TV is moved directly from a cold to a warm location or is placed in a humid room, or if the room temperature changes suddenly, the picture may blur or show poor color. This is caused by moisture condensation on the lenses inside. Wait a few hours to let the moisture evaporate before turning on the TV. When the condensation has evaporated, the picture will return to normal.
Screen
To minimize reflection, the screen surface has a special coating. Inappropriate cleaning methods could damage the screen surface. Special care is required.
Cleaning the Screen Surface
Dust and dirt on the screen can affect the picture quality. To dust off the screen use a soft cloth. Be sure to follow the cleaning instruction on page 6 for stubborn stains and dirt.
11
Introducing the TV
Indicators
Screen
PUSH OPEN
TIMER
LAMP
POWER/STANDBY
POWER
Indicators
The indicators show the current status of your TV. If there is a change in the condition or a problem with the TV, the indicators will flash or light up in the manner described below to let you know that it requires your attention.
Indicator Flashing because... POWER/ green : The lamp for the light source is preparing to turn STANDBY flashing on. When it is ready, it turns on. red : The lamp door or the lamp is not securely attached. The red indicator will continue to flash in intervals of three blinks at a time until the lamp door or the lamp is placed correctly. When the lamp door or the lamp is securely attached, the TV will turn on with green indicator. LAMP indicator The projection lamp has burned out. Replace it with new flashes one (see page 86). TIMER indicator is When one of the timers is set, the indicator will remain lit lit (will not flash) even when the TV is turned off.
Projection Lamp
How to replace the lamp, see page 86.
Your TV uses a projection lamp as its light source. As with any lamp, it has lifespan and needs to be replaced when the Lamp indicator flashes or the screen becomes darker. Note the following: After turning on your TV, it may take a while (1 minute or less) before the picture appears.
When the projection lamp wears out, the screen goes dark. Replace the lamp with a new Sony XL-2400 replacement lamp (not supplied).
The light emitted from the lamp is quite bright when your TV is in use. To avoid eye discomfort or injury, do not look into the light housing when the power is on.
12
Introducing the TV
Installing the TV
Carrying Your TV
Carrying the TV requires at least two people. Do not hold by the pedestal or the front panel of the TV. Doing so may cause these parts to break off.
Introducing the TV
Do not grasp the pedestal or the front panel of the TV.
When moving the TV, place one hand in the hole on the lower portion of the TV while grasping the top with the other hand, as shown in the illustration below.
If you have connected cables and cords, be sure to unplug them before moving the TV.
Take Precaution during Installation
To ensure the safety of children and the TV, keep children away from the TV during installation. Climbing on or pushing the TV or its stand may cause it to fall and damage the TV.
13
Introducing the TV
Preventing the TV from Toppling Over
As a protective measure, secure the TV as follows.

Using the TV stand with support belts Sony strongly recommends using the TV stand SU-RG11S (for KDF-
E42A10)/SU-RG11M (for KDF-E50A10) with a support belt designed for your TV.
When using the SU-RG11S (for KDF-E42A10)/SU-RG11M (for KDFE50A10) stand for your TV, you must use the support belt.
When Installing Your TV against a Wall Recommended Viewing Area
Keep your TV at least 4 inches (10 cm) away from the wall to provide proper ventilation. Your viewing position may affect the picture quality. For the best picture quality, install your TV within the areas shown below.
Model Viewing distance
Horizontal Viewing Area
min . 6.6 ft. ( app rox . 2.0 ft. ( 50" app m) rox 42" . 1. 8m )
min. 5.9 ft. (approx. 1.8 m) min. 6.6 ft. (approx. 2.0 m)
Vertical Viewing Area
min . 6.6 ft. (a ppr min o . 6.8 50" x. 2.0 59 m) ft. (a ppr 42" ox. 2.1 18 m)
min . 5.9
65 65 65 65.
30 30
14
Introducing the TV
TV Controls and Connectors

Front Panel
To open the panel
Introducing the TV
PUSH OPEN
TIMER
LAMP POWER/STANDBY
POWER
WEGA GATE
TV/VIDEO
VOLUME
CANNEL
To open the front panel of your TV, push up the panel door just under the "PUSH OPEN" mark.
PUSH OPEN
TIMER
LAMP
POWER/STANDBY
POWER
WEGA GATE
TV/VIDEO
VOLUME
CHANNEL
1
Item
3
Description
1 WEGA GATE 2 TV/VIDEO 3 VOLUME + 4 CHANNEL + 5 TIMER LED 6 LAMP LED 7 POWER/ STANDBY LED
Press to display WEGA GATE and activate the , B, b, v, and V buttons. Press again to exit WEGA GATE and activate the TV/VIDEO, VOLUME + and CHANNEL+ buttons. Press to confirm the selection or setting. Press repeatedly to cycle through the video equipment connected to the TVs video inputs. Press to adjust the volume. Press to scan through channels. To scan quickly through channels, press and hold either or +. When lit, indicates one of the timers or Sleep is set. When it is set, this LED will remain lit even if the TV is turned off. For details, see page 83. Lights up in red when the lamp for the light source has burned out. For details, see Replacing the Lamp on page 86. Lights up in green when the TV is turned on. If the LED blinks in red continuously, this may indicate the display unit needs servicing (see Contacting Sony on page 2). When the red LED blinks only three times, the lamp door of the lamp unit or the lamp itself is not securely attached (see page 88). Receives IR signals from the remote control. Do not put anything near the sensor, as its function may be affected. Press to turn on and off the TV. Outputs audio signal.
8 (IR) Infrared Receiver 9 POWER q; Speaker
The CHANNEL + button has a tactile dot. Use the tactile dot as a reference when operating the TV.
15
Introducing the TV
Side Panel
R-AUDIO-L(MONO) VIDEO P R / C R
VIDEO/HD/DVD IN
(1080i/720p/480p/480i)
P B/ C B
PUSH OPEN
TIMER
LAMP
POWER/STANDBY
POWER
WEGA GATE
TV/VIDEO
VOLUME
CANNEL
Jack
Description
1 HD/DVD IN 2 (1080i/720p/ 480p/480i) 2 VIDEO IN 2 VIDEO/ AUDIO L (MONO)/ AUDIO R
Connect to your DVD players or digital set-top boxs component video (YPBPR) and audio (L/R) jacks. Component video provides better picture quality than the S VIDEO (5 of rear panel) or the composite video (6 of rear panel) connections (see page 18). Connect to the composite video and audio output jacks on your camcorder or other video equipment. When Auto is selected for the Video 2 (Component) option in the Setup settings, the component video function will be preferentially activated (see page 79).
16
Introducing the TV
Rear Panel
Introducing the TV
CABLE
VHF/UHF
2 1
AUDIO RGB
7
PC IN
AUDIO
Y
S VIDEO
6
VIDEO
L
PB/CB
DIGITAL AUDIO (OPTICAL) OUT PCM/ DOLBY DIGITAL
PR/CR L L
(MONO)
AUDIO
R
AUDIO
R R
3
VIDEO IN
5
HD / DVD IN
AUDIO OUT
(VAR/FIX)
(1080i/720p/480p/480i)
q;
Jack
Description
1 CABLE RF input that connects to your cable and VHF/UHF antenna signal. VHF/UHF 2 CableCARD slot CableCARD device provides cable subscribers with access to secure, digitally encrypted cable channels without the need for a set-top box that will enable you to receive not only standard definition but also high definition television. For more information, see page 30. 3 PC IN 7 Connect to the video output connector and audio output jack on your personal computer. For details, see page 40. 4 HDMI IN 6 HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) provides an uncompressed, all-digital HDMI/ audio/video interface between this TV and any HDMI-equipped audio/video component, such L-AUDIO-R as a set-top box, DVD player, and A/V receiver. HDMI supports enhanced, or high-definition video, plus two-channel digital audio. You can also connect a DVI-equipped device to your TV by using an HDMI-to-DVI cable.
(Continued)
17
Introducing the TV
Jack Description
5 VIDEO IN 1 S VIDEO 6 VIDEO IN 1/3 VIDEO/ L-AUDIO-R 7 HD/DVD IN 4/5 (1080i/720p/ 480p/480i)/ L-AUDIO-R 8 AUDIO OUT (VAR/FIX) L/R
Connects to the S VIDEO output jack of your VCR or other video equipment that has S VIDEO. S VIDEO provides better picture quality than the composite video (6). Connect to the composite video and audio output jacks on your VCR or other video component. A third composite video and audio (VIDEO 2) is located on the left side panel of the TV. Connect to your DVD players or digital set-top boxs component video (YPBPR) and audio (L/R) jacks. Component video provides better picture quality than the S VIDEO (5) or the composite video (6) connections. Connect to the left and right audio input jacks of your audio or video equipment. You can use these outputs to listen to your TVs audio through your stereo system.
9 DIGITAL AUDIO Connects to the optical audio input of a digital audio component that is PCM/Dolby Digital (OPTICAL) OUT compatible. (PCM/DOLBY* DIGITAL) q; AC IN Connects the supplied AC power cord. * Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
18
Connecting the TV
Overview
Your new LCD projection TV can receive both analog and digital broadcasting signals from antenna, satellite and cable TV. To display clear crisp pictures, you must connect your TV correctly and choose the correct display format (see Using the WIDE Button on page 53). It is strongly recommended to connect the antenna using a 75-ohm coaxial cable to receive optimum picture quality signal. A 300-ohm twin lead cable can be easily affected by radio noise and the like, resulting in signal deterioration. If you use a 300-ohm twin lead cable, keep it as far away as possible from the TV.
Connecting the TV
Making Video and Audio Connections
The signals that enter your TV and connected devices will need to output in the correct format using the suitable connections. Below are different types of video connectors available these days. Your TV comes with all types of connectors with the exception of the DVI connector but your cable box or satellite receiver may be equipped with this type. When connecting your TV, use the inputs that are available on your devices that provide the best video performance, as described below.
Connector type Separate audio connection required
Best Video Performance
HDMI (High-Definition Multimedia Interface) DVI (Digital Video Interface) * Component video (480i/480p/720p/1080i) S VIDEO Composite video RF/Coaxial
No
Yes
L-AUDIO-R
PB/CB
PR/CR
No
* An adapter is necessary when you are connecting a DVI-equipped device to this TV (see page 20).
19
Connecting the TV
About Using S VIDEO
If the optional equipment you are connecting has an S VIDEO jack (shown at left), you can use an S VIDEO cable for improved picture quality (compared to an A/V cable). Because S VIDEO carries only the video signal, you also need to connect audio cables for sound, as shown below.
Example of an S VIDEO Connection
Rear of TV
S VIDEO cable
S VIDEO
VIDEO
L
(MONO)
Equipment with S VIDEO
AUDIO
R
3
VIDEO IN
Cables are often color-coded to connectors. Connect red to red, white to white, etc.
Audio cable
About Using HDMI to DVI Adapter
If you are connecting equipment with DVI connector with this TV, you will need to use an adapter. You can use an HDMI-to-DVI cable or an HDMI adapter (not supplied). Both are available from your local electronics store. When you use the adapter, you will also need to use separate audio cables for sound as DVI connector is for video signals only.
HDMI-to-DVI Cable
HDMI adapter
Audio cable
20
Connecting the TV
Basic Connections
The way in which you connect your TV will vary, depending on how your home receives a signal (antenna and satellite; cable and cable box) and whether or not you plan to connect a VCR.
If You Are Connecting
Cable System or VHF/UHF
See Page 22
No cable box or VCR

23
Connecting the TV
Cable Box and Antenna
Cable box unscrambles only some channels (usually premium channels)

No VCR 24
Cable Box
Cable box unscrambles all channels No VCR

25 26 27 28 29
Satellite Receiver Digital Cable Box or Digital Satellite Receiver Equipment with HDMI Connection Equipment with DVI Connection Equipment with Digital Audio (OPTICAL)
If you are connecting a VCR
See the connections described on pages 34 and 35.
21
Connecting the TV
Cable System or VHF/UHF
For best results, use this connection if you:
Have a cable and/or an antenna. (This is convenient if you are using a separate rooftop antenna to receive additional channels that are not provided by your cable TV company.) Do not have a cable box or VCR. (If you have a cable box, see pages 23 and 24. If you have a VCR, see pages 34 and 35.)
Antenna System
Cable Type Connect As Shown
Cable TV (CATV) and Antenna

CATV cable Antenna cable
Notes on Using This Connection To Do This... Do This ...
Switch the TVs input between Press ANT to switch back and forth between the the cable and antenna TVs VHF/UHF and CABLE inputs.
Do not use an indoor antenna, which is especially susceptible to radio noise.
22
Connecting the TV
Cable Box and Antenna

Before connecting a cable box, see Using CableCARD Device on page 30.
For best results, use this connection if:
Your cable company scrambles some channels, such as premium channels (which requires you to use a cable box), but does not scramble all channels. You do not have a VCR. (If you have a VCR, see pages 34 and 35.)
Connecting the TV
With this connection you can:
Use the TVs remote control to change channels coming through the cable box to the TVs CABLE input. (You must first program the remote control for your specific cable box; see Programming the Remote Control on page 47.) Use the TVs remote control to change channels coming directly into the TVs VHF/UHF input jack.
CATV cable
IN OUT
Cable box Coaxial cable
Antenna cable
CABLE
VHF/UHF
Rear of TV
Notes on Using This Connection To Do This ... Use the cable box Do This ... Tune the TV to the channel the cable box is set to (usually channel 3 or 4) and then use the cable box to switch channels.
Set up the TV remote control to operate the cable Program the remote control. See Programming the Remote box Control on page 47. Activate the remote control to operate the cable box Press SAT/CABLE (FUNCTION) once, and the SAT/CABLE indicator lights up.
Prevent the accidental switching of TV channels When using the cable box, ensure that the TV remains tuned to the channel that the cable box is set to (usually channel 3 or 4). Switch the TVs input between the cable box and Press ANT to switch back and forth between the TVs VHF/UHF antenna (scrambled channels) and CABLE (unscrambled) inputs.
23
Connecting the TV
Cable Box
For best results, use this connection if:
Your cable company scrambles all channels, which requires you to use a cable box. You do not have a VCR. (If you have a VCR, see pages 34 and 35.)
With this connection you can:
Use the TVs remote control to change channels coming through the cable box to the TVs VHF/UHF input jack. (You must first program the remote control for your specific cable box.)
To connect the cable box
1 2 3
Connect the CATV cable to the cable boxs input jack. Use a coaxial cable to connect the cable boxs output jack to the TVs VHF/UHF input jack. Run Auto Program, as described in Setting Up the Channel List on pages 32.
CATV cable Coaxial cable
VHF/UHF
Rear of TV
IN Cable box
OUT
Notes on Using This Connection To do this... Use the cable box Do This ... Tune the TV to the channel the cable box is set to (usually channel 3 or 4) and then use the cable box to switch channels.
Set up the TV remote control to operate the cable Program the remote control. See Programming the Remote box Control on page 47. Activate the remote control to operate the cable box Press SAT/CABLE (FUNCTION) once, and the SAT/CABLE indicator lights up.
Prevent the accidental switching of TV channels When using the cable box, ensure that the TV remains tuned to the channel that the cable box is set to (usually channel 3 or 4).
24
Connecting the TV
Satellite Receiver
Disconnect all power sources before making any connections.
1 2 3
Connect the satellite antenna cable to the satellite receivers SATELLITE IN jack. Use A/V and S VIDEO cables to connect the satellite receivers AUDIO and S VIDEO OUT jacks to the TVs AUDIO and S VIDEO IN jacks.
Connecting the TV
Use a coaxial cable to connect your cable to the TVs CABLE jack, or your antenna to the TVs VHF/UHF jack.
If your satellite receiver is not equipped with S VIDEO, use a VIDEO cable (yellow) instead of the S VIDEO cable.
Rear of TV
CABLE
VHF/UHF
Coaxial cable
S VIDEO
VIDEO
L
(MONO)
AUDIO
R
3
VIDEO IN
S VIDEO
VIDEO AUDIO-L AUDIO-R
Satellite receiver
Satellite antenna cable A/V cable

S VIDEO cable
25
Connecting the TV
Digital Cable Box or Digital Satellite Receiver
1 2
Connect the RF coaxial cable from the CATV or satellite dish to the input of the digital cable box or digital satellite receiver. Use a component video cable to connect the digital cable box or satellite receivers YPBPR jacks to the TVs Y PB/CB PR/CR jacks. Use the HD/DVD IN 4 or 5 input.
Component video (Y PB/CB PR/CR) connection is necessary to view 480p, 720p, and 1080i formats. Note that this TV displays all format types of picture in a resolution of 1280 dots x 720 lines.
Digital cable box or satellite receiver
Use an audio cable to connect the digital cable box or satellite receivers AUDIO OUT jacks to the TVs AUDIO IN jacks.
The Y PB/CB PR/CR jacks do not provide audio, so audio cables must be connected to provide sound.
Y Rear of TV Component video cable

Y
PB/CB PR/CR
PB/CB
S VIDEO
VIDEO
L
PR/CR L
(MONO)
AUDIO
R
AUDIO
R
Audio cable
AUDIO-L AUDIO-R
3
VIDEO IN
5
HD / DVD IN
(1080i/720p/480p/480i)
RF coaxial cable
26
Connecting the TV
Equipment with HDMI Connection

z The HDMI jack provides both video and audio signals, so it is not necessary to connect an audio cable.
Use this hookup if: Your equipment has a High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI).
Using an HDMI cable, connect the equipments HDMI OUT jack to the TVs HDMI IN jack.
Connecting the TV
Rear of TV
AUDIO R
Equipment with HDMI output
6
HDMI cable
27
Connecting the TV
Equipment with DVI Connection
If you are connecting with DVI-HDTV output, you can connect to the TVs HDMI IN jack by using an HDMI-to-DVI cable or an adapter (both not supplied).
Rear of TV
AUDIO R
6
Equipment with DVI output
AUDIO-R AUDIO-L
HDMI-to-DVI cable or adapter
Audio cable
When using a HDMI-to-DVI cable or an adapter, be sure to connect the DVI output connector first; then connect to the HDMI input on your TV.
28
Connecting the TV
Equipment with Digital Audio (Optical)
You can use the TV's DIGITAL AUDIO (OPTICAL) OUT jack to connect a digital audio device that is PCM/Dolby Digital compatible, such as an audio amplifier. Using an optical audio cable, connect the device's OPTICAL IN jack to the TV's DIGITAL AUDIO (OPTICAL) OUT jack.
Rear of TV
DIGITAL AUDIO (OPTICAL) OUT PCM/ DOLBY DIGITAL
Connecting the TV
The DIGITAL AUDIO (OPTICAL) OUT jack is available when the TV receives a digital TV channel.
Optical audio cable
Audio amplifier
LINE OUT
L AUDIO R
LINE IN
OPTICAL IN
29
Connecting the TV
Using CableCARD Device

The CableCARD device provides cable subscribers with access to digitally encrypted cable channels without the need for a set-top box that will enable you to receive not only standard definition but also high definition television. The CableCARD device, which is provided by your cable TV company, is inserted into the TVs rear panel CableCARD slot. After the service is activated with your cable TV company, the card replaces the need for a separate set-top box.
About Using CableCARD Device
If you are planning to use a separate cable box for digital cable TV services, you may be able to receive programming using this TV with the CableCARD device instead except in the following circumstances: Your cable TV company does not provide CableCARD service in your viewing area. You want to access your cable TV companys interactive or advanced features (such as video-on-demand or, in some cases, pay-per-view). At this time, these services require a bidirectional link, which are only available through the use of a separate set-top box. CableCARD device is currently a unidirectional device only, and cannot provide these advanced services. Check with your cable TV company for CableCARD service details, limitations, pricing, and availability, all of which are determined by your cable TV company not Sony. Before you can use CableCARD service, you need to insert the CableCARD device (supplied by your cable TV company) and activate the service, as described below:
Activating CableCARD Service
Insert the CableCARD device into the CableCARD slot.
CAUTION: When inserting the CableCARD device, the rear side of the card should face forward. Inserting the CableCARD incorrectly may result in permanent damage to the card and the TV.
Gently push the card into the slot until it locks into place.
30
Connecting the TV
3
z You can also access information about your CableCARD device in the Applications settings (see page 84).
After 1-2 minutes, the CableCARD device setup screen is automatically displayed. This screen includes information your cable TV company will request before they can activate your service. Follow the displayed instructions: Phone your cable TV company. A representative will guide you through the activation process. After your CableCARD device is activated, your cable TV company will download the service information, including the channel list, to the CableCARD device. After the CableCARD device has acquired channels from your cable TV company, the TV tunes to the lowest available channel.
4 5
Connecting the TV
Removing the CableCARD Device
In the event you want to cancel your service, contact your cable TV company.
Once the CableCARD device is removed, your TV will no longer decrypt digital cable TV programming services that require CableCARD.
Push the eject button on the CableCARD slot to release the card.
Eject button
Pull the CableCARD device straight out of the slot to remove it. To install a different CableCARD device, follow the instructions in Activating CableCARD Service on page 30.
31
Connecting the TV
Setting Up the Channel List

After you finish connecting the TV, you can run the Initial Setup to create a list of available analog and digital channels. The Initial Setup screen appears when you turn on the TV for the first time after hooking it up. If you choose to set up the channels at a later time, select the Auto Program option in the Channel setting to scan available channels (see below).
The Initial Setup feature does not apply for installations that use a cable box for all channel selection.
Using Initial Setup

z If you are using a CableCARD device, Auto Program is disabled for the CABLE input.
To run Initial Setup the first time you turn on your TV
1 2
Press to turn on the TV. The Initial Setup screen appears.
TV POWER
Press V or v to highlight the on-screen display language. Then press . The messages First please connect cable and/or antenna appears. This may require 50+ minutes for completion and Start auto program now? appears. 3 Press V or v to highlight Yes then press . Auto Program performed through Initial Setup will automatically create a list of receivable channels from both VHF/UHF antenna and cable TV channels if both sources are connected.
Auto Program may take a while (20 to 50 minutes) to complete. A progress bar is displayed while available channels are being scanned. If you cancel the Auto Program before all receivable channels are scanned, you may want to perform the task later (see To run Auto Program at a later time below). If you selected No during the Initial Setup, the Initial Setup message will appear each time you turn on the TV until you complete the Auto Program as a reminder.
To run Auto Program at a later time
1 2
Select Settings in WEGA GATE, and then go to Channel settings. Select Auto Program then select Start.
Auto Program will create a list of receivable channels for the current input (VHF/UHF antenna or CABLE). You will be required to run Auto Program for each RF input to create a list of available channels from both inputs.
32
Connecting the TV
Connecting Optional Equipment

You can connect a variety of optional equipment to your TV. This section provides some of the individual connections you can make. For multiple connections, please refer to the Quick Setup Guide.
If You Are Connecting See Page
VCR and Cable VCR and Cable Box Two VCRs for Tape Editing DVD Player with Component Video Connectors DVD Player with S VIDEO and Audio Connectors Personal Computer Camcorder or PlayStation Audio Receiver
34
Connecting the TV
35 37 38 39 40 41 42
33
Connecting the TV
VCR and Cable
Use this hookup if: You have cable TV that does not require a cable box.
1 2 3 4
Connect the CATV cable to the single (input) jack of the splitter. Use a coaxial cable to connect one of the output jack of the splitter to the TVs CABLE jack. Use a coaxial cable to connect the splitter's other output jack to the VCR's input jack. Use A/V and S VIDEO cables to connect the VCRs AUDIO and S VIDEO OUT jacks to the TVs AUDIO and S VIDEO IN jacks.
If your VCR is not equipped with S VIDEO, use a VIDEO cable (yellow) instead of the S VIDEO cable.
Rear of TV
CABLE VHF/UHF
S VIDEO
PB/CB
VIDEO
L
PR/CR L
(MONO)
AUDIO
R
AUDIO
R
3
VIDEO IN
5
HD / DVD IN
(1080i/720p/480p/480i)
S VIDEO Coaxial cable
VCR
CATV cable
Splitter
A/V cable
S VIDEO cable Coaxial cable
34
Connecting the TV
VCR and Cable Box

Use this hookup if: Your cable TV company scrambles some channels, but not all of them (pay channels vs. regular cable channels) and you need to use a cable box.
With this connection you can: Use the TVs remote control to change channels on your cable box when the signal is scrambled. To program your Sony remote control to operate your cable box, see Programming the Remote Control on page 47. Use the TVs remote control to change channels on your TV when the signal is not scrambled. Your TVs tuner provides a better picture quality than the output of your cable box.
Connecting the TV
1 2 3 4 5 6
Connect the CATV cable to the single (input) jack of the splitter. Use a coaxial cable to connect one of the output jack of the splitter to the TVs CABLE jack. Use a coaxial cable to connect the splitters other output jack to the cable boxs input jack. Use a coaxial cable to connect the cable boxs output jack to the VCRs RF input jack. Use an A/V cable to connect the cable boxs A/V output jacks to the TVs A/V input jacks. Use an A/V and S VIDEO cables to connect the VCRs AUDIO and S VIDEO OUT jacks to the TVs AUDIO and S VIDEO IN jacks.
If your VCR is not equipped with S VIDEO, use a VIDEO cable (yellow) instead of the S VIDEO cable.
Run Initial Setup, as described in Setting Up the Channel List on page 32.
To view scrambled channels, tune the TV to the channel the cable box is set to (usually channel 3 or 4) and then use the cable box to switch channels.
(Continued)
35
Connecting the TV
Rear of TV
CABLE
VHF/UHF
S VIDEO
PB/CB
VIDEO
L
PR/CR L
(MONO)
AUDIO
R
AUDIO
R
3
VIDEO IN
5
HD / DVD IN
S VIDEO cable
(1080i/720p/480p/480i)
Coaxial cable CATV cable
VCR
6
Splitter A/V cable Coaxial cable
Cable box
A/V cable Coaxial cable

Cables are often color-coded to connectors. Connect red to red, white to white, etc. If you are connecting a digital cable box, you will need a special bidirectional splitter designed to work with your cable box.
36
Connecting the TV
Two VCRs for Tape Editing

Using S VIDEO jacks? See page 20.
If you connect two VCRs, you can record from one VCR to the other while using your TV to monitor what is being recorded.
1 2
Use an A/V cable to connect the playback VCRs A/V output jacks to the recording VCRs A/V input jacks. Use an A/V cable to connect the recording VCRs A/V output jacks to the TVs A/V input jacks.
Connecting the TV
Rear of TV
VCR (playback)
VCR (recording)
S VIDEO
VIDEO
L
(MONO)
AUDIO
R
3
VIDEO IN
AUDIO-R AUDIO-L VIDEO A/V cable A/V cable
To perform tape editing, set the TV to the video input intended for playback by pressing TV/VIDEO on the remote control. You may need to change the video input on your VCR. See your VCRs operating manual for instructions. If your VCRs have S VIDEO jacks: For best picture quality, use an S VIDEO connection instead of the VIDEO cable (yellow) on your combined A/V cable. Using an S VIDEO cable, connect the playback VCRs S VIDEO OUT jack to the recording VCRs S VIDEO IN jack. S VIDEO does not provide audio, so audio cables must be connected to provide sound. You cannot record signals from equipment connected to the Y PB/CB PR/CR input.
37
Connecting the TV
DVD Player with Component Video Connectors
Use this hookup if: Your DVD player has component (YPBPR) jacks.
Use a component video cable to connect the DVD players YPBPR jacks to the TVs Y PB/CB PR/CR jacks. Use the HD/DVD IN 4 or 5 input.
The YPBPR jacks on your DVD player are sometimes labeled YCBCR, or Y, B-Y and R-Y. If so, connect the cables to like colors.
Use an audio cable to connect the DVD players AUDIO OUT jacks to the TVs AUDIO IN jacks. Be sure to use the same row of inputs that you used for the video connection (HD/DVD IN 4 or 5).
Component video cable Y PB/CB PR/CR DVD player Rear of TV

Y
S VIDEO
PB/CB
VIDEO
L
PR/CR L
(MONO)
AUDIO
R
AUDIO
R
3
VIDEO IN
5
HD / DVD IN
(1080i/720p/480p/480i)
AUDIO-R AUDIO-L
Audio cable
To take advantage of the Wide Mode feature, set the DVD players aspect ratio to 16:9. For details, refer to the operating instructions supplied with your DVD player.
38
Connecting the TV
DVD Player with S VIDEO and Audio Connectors
Use this hookup if: Your DVD player does not have component (YPBPR) jacks.
1 2
Use an A/V cable to connect the DVD players AUDIO OUT jacks to the TVs AUDIO IN jacks. Use an S VIDEO cable to connect the DVD players S VIDEO jack to the TVs S VIDEO jack.
Rear of TV S VIDEO
S VIDEO
Connecting the TV
DVD player
S VIDEO cable
VIDEO
L
(MONO)
AUDIO
R
3
VIDEO IN
AUDIO-R AUDIO-L
VIDEO
A/V cable
If your DVD player is not equipped with S VIDEO, use a VIDEO cable (yellow) instead of the S VIDEO cable. To watch the DVD player, press TV/VIDEO repeatedly to select the DVD input (VIDEO 1 in the illustration). If you have a nonSony DVD player and want to set up the TV remote control to operate it, you must program the remote control. See Programming the Remote Control on page 47. To control DVD functions with the TV remote control, see Operating a DVD Player or DVD Changer on page 49. To easily identify equipment connected to the TV, see the instructions for setting up Label Video Inputs on page 79.
39
Connecting the TV
Personal Computer
To connect a PC (personal computer)
z When connecting to an Apple Macintosh computer, use the HD15-HD15 cable to connect PC IN of the TV to video output connector of the computer. For some Apple Macintosh computers, it may be necessary to use an adapter (not supplied). If this is the case, connect the adapter to the computer before connecting the HD15HD15 cable. z If the picture is noisy or flickering, adjust the Phase and Pitch in the Screen settings on page 71.
If you connect your PC to the TV, you can watch your personal computers display on the TV. When your PC is connected to the TV with the HD15-HD15 cable and optional audio cable, you can view and listen to the PCs video and audio output on the TV.
Rear of TV
AUDIO RGB
7
PC IN
Audio cable (stereo mini plugs)
HD15-HD15 cable (analog RGB) To monitor port (15-pin D-Sub)
To audio output jack
40
Connecting the TV
Camcorder or PlayStation
You can connect a camcorder or PlayStation to your TV. For easy connection, use VIDEO IN 2 on the left side of the TV. To use the S VIDEO jack instead of the VIDEO jack (yellow), use VIDEO IN 1 on the rear panel of the TV.
To connect a camcorder or PlayStation to VIDEO IN 1
Use A/V and S VIDEO cables to connect the AUDIO and S VIDEO OUT jacks on the camcorder or PlayStation to the AUDIO and S VIDEO IN jacks on the rear panel of the TV, as shown below.
To connect a camcorder or PlayStation to VIDEO IN 2
Connecting the TV
Select Off in the Video 2 (Component) option in the Setup settings (see page 79). Use an A/V cable to connect the A/V output jacks on the camcorder or PlayStation to the A/V input jacks on the left side of the TV.
If your camcorder is not equipped with S VIDEO, use a VIDEO cable (yellow) instead of the S VIDEO cable. If you have a mono camcorder, connect its audio output jack to the TVs L MONO audio input jack.
PlayStation Camcorder
Rear of TV S VIDEO
S VIDEO
or
VIDEO
VIDEO
L
(MONO)
AUDIO
R
AUDIO-L
1 3
VIDEO IN
AUDIO-R To S VIDEO jack To A/V output jacks
S VIDEO cable A/V cable
41
Connecting the TV
Audio Receiver
For improved sound quality, you may want to play the TVs audio through your stereo system (see page 67).
Using an audio cable, connect the TVs AUDIO OUT (VAR/FIX) jacks to the audio receivers audio LINE IN jacks.
AUDIO OUT jacks are operable only when the TVs Speaker is set to Off.
Rear of TV
(VAR/FIX)
AUDIO UT
AUDIO-L
AUDIO-R
Audio cable
Line input
Audio receiver
42
Watching the TV
Overview
The table on the next page describes the buttons on the remote control.
Topic Page
Inserting Batteries into the Remote Control Button Descriptions Programming the Remote Control Manufacturers Codes Using Other Equipment with Your Remote Control Special Buttons on the Remote Control
43 44 47 48 49 51
Watching the TV
Inserting Batteries into the Remote Control

Insert two size AA (R6) batteries (supplied) by matching the e and E on the batteries to the diagram inside the battery compartment.
To avoid possible damage from battery leakage, remove the batteries if you anticipate the remote control will not be used for an extended period. Handle the remote control with care. Avoid dropping it, getting it wet, or placing it in direct sunlight, near a heater, or in high humidity. Your remote control can be programmed to operate most video equipment. (See Programming the Remote Control on page 47.)
43
Watching the TV
Button Descriptions
Button
MUTING TV/VIDEO POWER TV POWER DVR DVD/ VCR SAT/ CABLE TV
Description
1 MUTING 2 TV/VIDEO 3 FUNCTION Buttons
FUNCTION
ENT
JUMP
ANT
MTS/SAP
FREEZE
SOUND
PICTURE
TV/SAT SUR
WIDE
4 0-9, ENT 5 6 JUMP
GU
DI SP LA Y
WEGA GATE
7 ANT 8 SOUND
STOP
PREV
REPLAY
ADVANCE NEXT
PLAY
VISUAL SEARCH
PAUSE
VOL
CH
9 PICTURE
REC
REC PAUSE
REC STOP
TOP MENU MENU
F1
F2
0 GUIDE qa RETURN qs DVD/VCR Operating Buttons
TV
z The 5 button, CH + button, MTS/SAP and Play button have a tactile dot. Use the tactile dot as a reference when operating the TV.
Press to mute the sound. Press again or press VOL + to unmute. Press to cycle through the video equipment connected to your TVs video inputs. The FUNCTION button indicator lights up momentarily when pressed to show which external equipment the remote control is operating. When the remote control is set to operate the external equipment, these buttons will operate the equipment you choose. You must first press one of these FUNCTION buttons to operate the corresponding equipment. See page 47 for Programming the Remote Control. Press 0-9 to select a channel: the channel changes after 2 seconds. Press ENT to change channels immediately. Use with 0-9 and ENT buttons to select digital channels (for example, 2.1). Press to jump back and forth between two channels. The TV alternates between the current channel and the last channel that was selected. Press to change between the VHF/UHF input and the CABLE input. Press to cycle through different sound settings: Dynamic for enhance treble and bass, Standard for spoken dialog and Custom for flat setting. Press repeatedly to cycle through the available video picture modes: Vivid, Standard, Custom. The video picture modes can be also accessed in the Video menu. For details, see Selecting Video Options on page 63. Press to display the TVs program guide. Press to return to the previous page. When FUNCTION is switched on DVR or DVD/VCR, these buttons operate the video equipment you have programmed into the remote control. For details, see Using Other Equipment with Your Remote Control on page 49. &m PREV: Press to replay the current program from the previous Chapter Mark (if any) or from the beginning of the live TV cache. REPLAY: Press to replay the current program for a set period of time. ADVANCE: Press to advance forward a set period of time when playing back a recorded program. M& NEXT: Press to advance forward to the next Chapter Mark (if any) or to live TV when playing back a recorded program. m (fast reverse): Press to play a program in fast rewind mode. H PLAY: Press to play a program at a normal speed. M (fast forward): Press to play a program in fast forward mode. X PAUSE: Press to pause playback. x STOP: Press to stop the playback of a recorded program.
z
ID
RE TU RN
44
TO O
LS
Watching the TV
Button Description
qd VISUAL SEARCH qf VOL +/ qg DVD/VCR Record Buttons qh TOP MENU qj MENU qk POWER ql TV POWER w; MTS/SAP
To be used only with your connected external equipment with visual search function. (Non-operable button for TV) Press to adjust the volume. z REC: Press to record. By pressing this button alone will start the recording. X REC PAUSE: Press to pause the recording. x REC STOP: Press to stop the recording. Press to display the disc menu from your connected DVD player. Press to display the disc menu from your connected DVD player. Press to turn on/off the eternal equipment selected from the FUNCTION buttons 3. Press to turn on/off the TV. Press repeatedly to cycle through the Multi-channel TV Sound (MTS) options: Stereo, Auto SAP (Second Audio Program), and Mono. The MTS setting can be also accessed in the Audio setting. For more details, see Selecting Audio Options on page 66. Press to freeze the current picture. Press again to restore the picture. For details, see Using the FREEZE Button on page 54. TV/SAT: While in SAT/CABLE FUNCTION, press to switch between the satellite receiver and antenna. SUR: Press SUR (Surround Sound) repeatedly to step through the available audio effect models: TruSurround XT, Simulated, Off. Press repeatedly to step through the Wide Screen Mode setting: Wide Zoom, Normal, Full and Zoom. The Wide Screen Mode setting can be also accessed in the Screen setting. For details, see Using the WIDE Button on page 53. Press once to display channel number, label, current time and other information. Press again to turn Display off. See page 83 for details on setting the time. Press V/v/B/b to move the on-screen cursor. To select an item, press . To be used only with your connected external equipment that supports this TOOLS function. (Non-operable button for TV) Press to access the following through the WEGA GATE: Watch TV (see page 58) Select channels from the Favorites Channels you stored (see page 57) View signals from external equipment such as DVD, VCR and others (see page 59). Adjust or customize TV settings (see Using the Settings on page 59). Press to scan through channels. To scan quickly through channels, press and hold down either +/ button.
Watching the TV
wa FREEZE ws TV/SAT/SUR
wd WIDE
wf DISPLAY
wg V/v/B/b wh TOOLS
wj WEGA GATE
wk CH +/
(Continued)
45
Watching the TV
Button Description
wl F1
e; F2
Press to select the function of connected components. For details, see Using Other Equipment with Your Remote Control on page 49. Press to select the function of connected components. For details, see Using Other Equipment with Your Remote Control on page 49.
46
Watching the TV
Programming the Remote Control

The remote control is preset to operate Sony brand video equipment.
Sony Equipment Programmable Code Number
DVR
MUTING TV/VIDEO POWER TV POWER
772 601 (Sony Dream System) 801 (Sony Satellite Receiver)
DVR
DVD/ VCR
SAT/ CABLE
TV
DVD/VCR SAT/CABLE
FUNCTION
Follow the steps below to program your TVs remote control to operate the non-Sony video equipment.
2
ENT
Watching the TV
Find the three-digit code for your equipment from the Manufacturers Codes listed on page 48. If more than one code number is listed, try entering from the code listed first.
FUNCTION button you want to 1 Press and hold the , or program on the remote control and press the button simultaneously.
DVR DVD/ VCR SAT/ CABLE
JUMP
ANT
MTS/SAP
FREEZE
SOUND
PICTURE
TV/SAT SUR
WIDE
ID
DI S
GU
PL AY
The selected FUNCTION button (DVR, DVD/VCR or SAT/CABLE) will flash. 2 Enter the three-digit manufacturers code number using the --9 buttons while the button is lit. If code is not entered within 10 seconds, you must perform step 1 again. 3 Press button. When the programming is correct, the selected FUNCTION button will flash twice, and when not, flashes five times.
To check if the code works
WEGA GATE
PREV
REPLAY
ADVANCE NEXT
PLAY
VISUAL SEARCH
PAUSE
VOL
CH
TO O
STOP
LS
TOP MENU MENU
RE TU
REC
RN
REC PAUSE F1
REC STOP
Aim your TVs remote control at the equipment, and press the green button. If the equipment turns on and off, the programming is completed. If not, try the next code listed.
POWER
F2
If no code is input within the above specified time, or an invalid or incorrect code number is input, the remote control automatically goes back to the previous setting. In some cases, you may not be able to program your remote control to operate other equipment. In such cases, use the equipments own remote control. Using dead batteries or removing the batteries may cause the programmable codes to be lost and revert back to factory settings. Reprogramming the codes may be necessary.
TV
47
Watching the TV Manufacturers Codes DVD Players

Manufacturer Sony General Electric Hitachi JVC Magnavox Mitsubishi Panasonic Philips Pioneer RCA/PROSCAN Samsung Toshiba Zenith Code 751 755 758 756 757 761 753 757 752, 778 755 758 754 760 Manufacturer Citizen Craig Curtis Mathes Daewoo DBX Dimensia Emerson Fisher Funai General Electric Go Video Goldstar Hitachi Instant Replay JC Penney JVC Kenwood LG LXI (SEARS) Magnavox Marantz Marta Memorex Minolta Mitsubishi/MGA Multitech NEC Olympic Optimus Orion Panasonic Pentax Philco Philips Pioneer Quasar RCA/PROSCAN Code 332 302, 332 304, 338, 309 341, 312, 309 314, 336, 337 304 319, 320, 316, 317, 318, 341 330, 335 338 329, 304, 309 322, 339, 340 332 306, 304, 305, 338 309, 308 309, 305, 304, 330, 314, 336, 337 314, 336, 337, 345, 346, 347 314, 336, 332, 337 332 332, 305, 330, 335, 338 308, 309, 310 314, 336, 337 332 309, 335 305, 304 323, 324, 325, 326 325, 338, 321 314, 336, 337 309, 308 327 317 308, 309, 306, 307 305, 304 308, 309 308, 309, 310 308 308, 309, 306 304, 305, 308, 309, 311, 312, 313, 310, 329 309, 330, 328, 335, 324, 338 314 322, 313, 321 330, 335 312, 313, 321, 335, 323, 324, 325, 326 Manufacturer Sharp Signature 2000 (M. Ward) SV2000 Sylvania Symphonic Tashiro Tatung Teac Technics Toshiba Wards Yamaha Zenith Code 327, 328 338, 327 338 308, 309, 338, 310 338 332 314, 336, 337 314, 336, 338, 337 309, 308 312, 311 327, 328, 335, 331, 332 314, 330, 336, 337 331
DVD Changers
Manufacturer Sony Panasonic Code 765 766
Cable Boxes
Manufacturer Sony Hamlin/Regal Jerrold/ General Inst./ Motorola Oak Panasonic Pioneer Scientific Atlanta Tocom Zenith Code 230 222, 223, 224, 225, 226 201, 202, 203, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 218, 222 227, 228, 229 219, 220, 221 211, 214, 215 209, 210, 211 216, 217 212, 213
DVD/VCR Combo Units

Manufacturer Sony Broksonic JVC Panasonic Samsung Toshiba Zenith Code 767 776 775 777 774 773 768
HDD/DVD Combo Units

Manufacturer Sony Code 772, 771, 770
Satellite Receivers
Manufacturer Sony Dish Network Echostar General Electric Hitachi Hughes Mitsubishi Panasonic Philips RCA/PROSCAN Toshiba Samsung Code 801 810 810 802 805 804 809 803 811 802, 808 806, 807 812
5.1ch DVD AV System

Manufacturer Sony (DAV) Code 601, 602, 603, 604
AV Receivers
Manufacturer Sony Code 764
VCRs
Manufacturer Sony Admiral (M. Ward) Aiwa* Audio Dynamic Broksonic Canon Code 301, 302, 303 327 338, 344 314, 337 319, 317 309, 308 Realistic Sansui Samsung Sanyo Scott
* If an Aiwa VCR does not work even though you enter the code for Aiwa, enter the code for Sony instead.
48
Watching the TV
Using Other Equipment with Your Remote Control

To operate other equipment connected to your TV, first turn to page 48 and program the necessary code. For operating video equipment, press TV/VIDEO repeatedly until you see the video input on the screen for your connected equipment. Remote control tips are provided below.
Operating a Cable Box

To Do This ...
Activate the remote control to operate the cable box Turn on/off
Some functions cannot be operated depending on the equipment. In that case, operate by the remote control supplied with the equipment.
To Do This ...
Select a channel Change channels Back to previous channel
Press ...
SAT/CABLE (FUNCTION) POWER
Press ...
0-9, ENT CH +/ JUMP
Watching the TV
Operating a Satellite Receiver

To Do This ...
Activate the remote control to operate the satellite receiver Turn on/off Select a channel Change channels Back to previous channel Display channel number
Press ...
SAT/CABLE (FUNCTION) POWER 0-9, ENT CH +/ JUMP DISPLAY
To Do This ...
Display SAT Guide Display SAT Menu Move highlight (cursor) Select item Switch between the TV and satellite broadcasts
Press ...
GUIDE MENU VvBb
TV/SAT
Operating a VCR
To Do This ...
Activate the remote control to operate the VCR Turn on/off Change channels Record Play Stop
Press ...
DVD/VCR (FUNCTION) POWER CH +/ z H x
To Do This ...
Fast forward Rewind the tape Pause
Press ...
M m X (press again to resume normal playback)
Search the picture forward or backward M or m during playback (release to resume normal playback)
Operating a DVD Player or DVD Changer

To Do This ...
Activate the remote control to operate the DVD Turn on/off If you have a DVD changer, to skip disc Play Stop Pause
Press ...
DVD/VCR (FUNCTION) POWER F1 H x X (press again to resume normal playback)
To Do This ...
Step through different tracks of the disc Step through different chapters of the disc Select a track directly Display the disc menu Display the top menu Operate the DVD menu
Press ...
m to fast reverse or M to fast forward the disc when pressed during playback > to step forward or . to step backward 0-9, ENT MENU TOP MENU V v B b,
(Continued)
49
Watching the TV Operating a 5.1ch DVD AV System (Sony DAV)

To Do This ...
Activate the remote control to operate the DVD Turn on/off Select other equipment connected to the DAV Disk skip Display the top menu Display the disc menu
Press ...
DVD/VCR (FUNCTION) POWER F1 F2 TOP MENU MENU
To Do This ...
Play Stop Pause
Press ...
H x X
Search the picture forward or backward M or m during playback Specify the previous chapter/track Specify the next chapter/track Move highlight (cursor) Select item Master volume VOL +/, MUTING . > VvBb
Operating a DVD/VCR Combo Unit

To Do This ...
Activate the remote control to operate the DVD/VCR Turn on/off Select the DVD Select the VCR Display the top menu Display the disc menu Play Stop Pause
Press ...
DVD/VCR (FUNCTION) POWER F1 F2 TOP MENU MENU H x X
To Do This ...
Press ...
Search the picture forward or backward M or m during playback Replay Advance Move highlight (cursor) and select (DVD) Record (VCR) Change channels (VCR) Adjust tracking (VCR) VvBb z CH +/ or 0-9, ENT (using tuner) CH +/ (during tape playback)
Operating a HDD/DVD Combo Unit

To Do This ...
Activate the remote control to operate the DVD/HDD Turn on/off Select the HDD Select the DVD Play Stop Pause
Press ...
DVR (FUNCTION) POWER F1 F2 H x X
To Do This ...
Move highlight (cursor) and select Record Specify the previous chapter/track Specify the next chapter/track Replay Advance Display the disc menu Display the top menu
Press ...
VvBb z . >
MENU TOP MENU
Search the picture forward or backward M or m during playback
Operating an AV Receiver
To Do This ...
Turn on/off Master volume Select other input connected to AV receiver
Press ...
POWER VOL +/, MUTING F1
50
Watching the TV
Special Buttons on the Remote Control

This TV comes with convenient features that can be accessed directly by pressing their buttons on your remote control.
Using the GUIDE Button
This TV is equipped to show program information if it is available from the station. The Program Guide lets you review program information, and select both analog and digital channels.
To display the Program Guide:
Watching the TV
1 2
Tune your TV to a channel by using the 0-9,
, and ENT buttons.
Press GUIDE on the TVs remote control. The Program Guide will appear with the currently selected program showing in the background.
Channel number, call letters, etc. Program title and description, program duration, time remaining, rating information, closed-caption availability, etc. Selectable channel list.
Make Way for Ducks!

Series follows the aquatic misadventures of Henry and Riley, two wayward ducks on a unique mission. Time remaining: 1:26
1 10 23.1 36 65 68 ABC DISC FAM TLC HIST SHOW TV-G
CC
C23.1 FAM
Program information in the guide is provided by the broadcasters. As a result, it may sometimes include only the channel number, without a program title or description.
(Continued)
51
Watching the TV Using the Program Guide
The Program Guide allows you to select the channels from a drop down list. The Guide also provides information about the current program being shown on each channel.
Make Way for Ducks!

Series follows the aquatic misadventures of Henry and Riley, two wayward ducks on a unique mission. Time remaining: 1:26
1 10 23.1 36 65 68 ABC DISC FAM TLC HIST SHOW Alternate Video Alternate Audio Main Video 1 Video 2 Video 3 TV-G
CC
C23.1 FAM
Subchannels are additional channels of programming broadcast simultaneously. For example, channel 4 might include three subchannels (4.1, 4.2, 4.3) that are showing programs at the same time.
Using the Program Options Setting
The Program Options setting allows you to customize the program settings on the currently tuned channel.
Option Alternate Video (When available) Alternate Audio (When available) Description Each program has a main video stream (the video that you see when the channel is first tuned), and may have alternate video streams. This option allows you to switch among these alternate video streams. Each program has a main audio stream (the audio you hear when the channel is first tuned), and may have alternate audio streams. This option allows you to switch among these alternate audio streams (e.g., for different languages).
52
Watching the TV
Using the WIDE Button
Wide screen mode lets you watch 4:3 normal broadcasts in several wide screen modes (16:9 aspect ratio).
4:3 Original source (Standard definition source) 16:9 Original source (High definition source)
WIDE
Wide Mode : Wide Zoom Wide Mode : Normal Wide Mode : Full Wide Mode : Zoom
Wide Mode : Wide Zoom Wide Mode : Full
Watching the TV
Wide Mode : Zoom
z When the TV receives a 720p or 1080i signal that is 4:3 aspect ratio picture with a black bar at each side, Full returns the picture to its original size. z You can also access the Wide Mode settings in the Screen settings. For details, see page 69.
When the TV receives a 720p or 1080i signal, Normal cannot be selected.
Changing the wide screen mode 4:3 Original source

Standard definition
16:9 Original source

High definition
Wide Zoom
Normal
This mode is not available
Full
Zoom
53
Watching the TV
Using the JUMP Button
The JUMP button allows you to jump back and forth between the current channel and the last channel that was selected.
JUMP
Previous channel
Using the FREEZE Button
The FREEZE button allows you to temporarily capture a programs picture. You can use this feature to write down information such as phone numbers, recipes, etc. To cancel FREEZE and return to normal viewing, press the FREEZE button again.
FREEZE
Frozen picture
Current program in prgress

Freeze
54

Overview of WEGA GATE
WEGA GATE provides one button access for controlling your TV. It enables you to perform a variety of tasks intuitively with a control panel on the screen rather than a variety of remote control button presses. When you press the button, you can select from basic TV function: selecting from Favorite Channels, watching TV, viewing external equipment signals or adjusting TV settings.
WEGA GATE
GU
DI SP LA Y
ID
1 Press WEGA GATE on the remote.

WEGA GATE control panel appears.
RN TU RE
TO OL S
WEGA GATE
Favorites
WEGA GATE
PREV
REPLAY
ADVANCE NEXT
PLAY
C
STOP
Cable Antenna External Inputs Settings
VISUAL SEARCH
PAUSE
VOL
CH
Press
WEGA GATE
to exit
2 3 4
Press V/v to highlight the item. Press Press to select.

WEGA GATE
to exit.
55
The WEGA GATE screen gives you access to the following items:
Icon Description
The Favorites feature lets you select programs from a list of up to 16 favorite channels that you specify. For details, see page 57.
Favorites
C
Cable
The Cable feature takes you to the most recently viewed channel on the cable input. When tuned to the channel, the Program Banner and Channel number will be displayed. When this feature is active, a is displayed to the left of the icon. The Antenna feature takes you to the most recently viewed channel on the antenna input. When tuned to the channel, the Program Banner and Channel number will be displayed. When this feature is active, a is displayed to the left of the icon.
Antenna
The External Inputs feature lets you select equipment that is connected to your TV, such as a DVD player. You can assign a label to your equipment or skip unused inputs conveniently. For details, see page 59. When this feature is active, a is displayed to the left of the icon.
External Inputs
The Settings feature lets you adjust the Video, Audio, Screen, Channel, Parental Lock, Setup or Applications settings. For details, see page 59.
Settings
56
Navigating and Selecting Items

Use your remote control to navigate through WEGA GATE and the settings.
To Do This ... Press ...
Display WEGA GATE control panel Display Settings Move through Settings Select an option to change Move back to upper layer Select (confirm) changed setting Exit WEGA GATE control panel or Settings
Press WEGA GATE. Press WEGA GATE and select Settings. Press V v B b. Press . Press RETURN. Press . Press WEGA GATE.
Using Favorites in WEGA GATE

The Favorites feature lets you select programs from a list of up to 16 favorite channels that you specify. You can create a list using the Add to Favorites option.
1 Select Favorites from the WEGA GATE control panel and press
The Favorite Channels list appears. Make your selection.
Favorite Channels Add to Favorites 15 15.2 KPBS-DT Edit Favorites Exit
2 Press M/m to highlight the desired channel and press
To add the current channel to the list of Favorite Channels, highlight Add to Favorites and press . When the Favorite Channels list is full, select Edit Favorites to remove a channel from the list or go to the Channel settings and select Favorite Channels then edit the channel.
57
C Using Cable in WEGA GATE

The Cable feature takes you to the most recently viewed channel on the cable input. When tuned to the channel, the Program Banner and Channel number will be displayed. . Select Cable from the WEGA GATE control panel and press
Regularly Scheduled Programming
No program information is available. 0:24 Remaining
Unrated
C39.2 KNSD-WX
480i 4:3
If you have not completed the initial channel setup (see page 32) both Cable and Antenna will tune to the lowest channel number. To run Initial Setup see page 72.
Using Antenna in WEGA GATE

The Antenna feature takes you to the most recently viewed channel on the antenna input. When tuned to the channel, the Program Banner and Channel number will be displayed. . Select Antenna from the WEGA GATE control panel and press
Full Focus
Sd Film Festivals Growth 0:29 Remaining
Unrated
15.1 KPBS-HD
720p 16:9
If you have not completed the initial channel setup (see page 32) both Cable and Antenna will tune to the lowest channel number. To run Initial Setup see page 72.
58
Using External Inputs in WEGA GATE

The External Inputs feature lets you view from a selected external input connected to your TV. You can assign a label or skip over unused inputs by selecting Edit Video Labels. Input label assignment can also be done by going to Setup settings and select Label Video Inputs (see page 79).
1 Select External Inputs from the WEGA GATE control panel and press
. The External Inputs list appears. Make your selection.
External Inputs Exit Video 1 VHS Video 2 Video 3 Video 4 Video 5 Video 6 Video 7 Edit Video Labels
2 Press M/m to highlight the desired external input and press
Using Settings in WEGA GATE

The Settings feature lets you enter to the settings screen where most of advanced settings and adjustments are performed. See Overview on page 61.
59
Using the Settings

Overview
The Settings give you access to the following features:
(Depending on the signal tuned, you may see a different Setting options on your screen. Settings displayed here are with the 720p signal.)
Settings Video
Antenna
Allows you to set/change
Video
Press WEGA GATE to exit
Picture Mode Reset Iris Picture Brightness Color Hue Color Temp. Sharpness Max Max 50 65 0 Cool 50 Vivid
Picture Mode (page 63) Reset (page 63) Iris (page 63) Picture (page 63) Brightness (page 63) Color (page 63) Hue (page 63) Color Temp. (page 64) Sharpness (page 64) Noise Reduction (page 64) Sound Mode (page 66) Reset (page 66) Treble (page 66) Bass (page 66) Balance (page 66) Steady Sound (page 66) Volume Offset (page 66) Effect (page 66) BBE (page 66) Wide Mode (page 69) Game Picture (page 69) 4:3 Default (page 70) Display Area (page 70) Vertical Center (page 70) Vertical Size (page 70)
DRC Mode (page 64) DRC Palette (page 64) Advanced Video (page 65)
Using the Settings
Audio
Antenna
Audio
Sound Mode Reset Treble Bass Balance Steady Sound Volume Offset Effect BBE 0 0 0 Off 0 Off Off Custom
MTS (page 67) Speaker (page 67) Audio Out (page 67) A/V Sync (page 67)
Screen
Antenna
Screen
Wide Mode Game Picture 4:3 Default Display Area Vertical Center Vertical Size Wide Zoom 0 Off Normal 0 0
(Continued)
61
Using the Settings

Settings Channel
Antenna
Allows you to set/change
Channel
Favorite Channels Digital Channels Auto Program Show/Hide Channels Label Channels
Favorite Channels (page 72) Digital Channels (page 72) Auto Program (page 72) Show/Hide Channels (page 72) Label Channels (page 73)
Parental Lock
Antenna
Parental Lock Press WEGA GATE to exit

Password
Parental Lock (page 74) Change Password (page 75) Select Country (page 75)
Setup
Antenna
Setup Press WEGA GATE to exit

Caption Vision Info Banner Game Mode Label Video Inputs Language English Off On Off
Video 2(Component) Off Menu Color Image Shift High Altitude Gray Auto Off
Caption Vision (page 78) Info Banner (page 78) Game Mode (page 78) Label Video Inputs (page 79) Language (page 79) Video 2 (Component) (page 79) Menu Color (page 79) Image Shift (page 79) High Altitude (page 80) CineMotion (page 80) Clock/Timers (page 83) Diagnostics (page 84) CableCARD (page 84)
Applications
Antenna
Applications
Clock/Timers Diagnostics CableCARD
62
Using the Settings
Accessing the Video Settings

1. Press WEGA GATE.......
WEGA GATE
Antenna
Video
Custom settings
Picture Mode Vivid Vivid Standard Max Max 50 65 0 Cool 50 Custom
2. Select Settings..............
Reset Iris Picture Brightness
3. Highlight......................
Color Hue Color Temp. Sharpness
4. Press to select............... To highlight an option and to change settings, press V v B b. to confirm the selection. Press To exit the Video, press .
WEGA GATE
Using the Settings
Selecting Video Options
The Video settings include the following options:

Option Picture Mode Customized picture viewing Description Vivid Select for enhanced picture contrast and sharpness. Standard Select for standard picture settings. Recommended for home entertainment. Custom Select to display a picture with minimum enhancements. You can alter the Video settings (Picture, Brightness, Color, etc.) for each Mode and each video input. You may set up a Mode (Vivid, Standard, Custom) independently for each Video input (Video 1-Video 6, including the Antenna input). Your Mode settings are automatically saved after each selection. This allows you to customize the Mode setting for each type of signal source. Select OK to reset all settings and adjustments to the default setting (except for Advanced Video). Adjust the contrast levels. Adjust to increase picture contrast and deepen the color or decrease picture contrast and soften the color. Adjust to brighten or darken the picture. Adjust to increase or decrease color intensity. Adjust to increase or decrease the green tones.
z To quickly and easily change from one Picture Mode to another, use PICTURE on the remote control.
Reset Iris Picture Brightness Color Hue
(Continued)
63
Using the Settings Option Color Temp. White intensity adjustment Description Choose from four color temperatures: Cool Select to give the white colors a blue tint. Neutral Select to give the white colors a neutral tint. Warm 1, 2 When selected Custom in Picture Mode, select to give the white colors a red tint. Sharpness Adjust to sharpen or soften the picture. Noise Select to reduce the noise level of connected equipment. This also reduces the noise level to the signal from the VHF/UHF jack. Select Reduction from Auto, High, Medium, Low and Off. When ATSC or Component is in use, Auto is not available. DRC Mode High Creates a high-resolution picture with 4 x density, for Density high quality sources (i.e., DVD player, satellite receiver). Progressive Recommended for moving pictures. Off DRC Mode is not available when Game Mode is On or using the Freeze feature; also not available when watching 480p, 720p or 1080i sources. DRC Palette Custom Allows you to customize the level of detail (Reality) and smoothness (Clarity) for up to three input sources. For example, you can create one Custom setting to optimize your cable input's picture, and create another to optimize your DVD player's picture. You can switch among the three Custom settings. 1 Press the arrow buttons to highlight Custom then press . The DRC palette appears.
Custom
Press Reality (25) Clarity (1) to exit
Press the arrow buttons to adjust the position of the marker (z). As you move the z higher along the Reality axis, the picture becomes more detailed. As you move the z to the right along the Clarity axis, the picture becomes smoother. 3 To save the setting, press . DRC Palette is not available when Game Mode is On, Noise Reduction is set to Auto, DRC Mode is Off or using the Freeze feature; also not available when watching 480p, 720p or 1080i sources.
64
Using the Settings Option Advanced Video Available in Custom Picture Mode Description Select Program to choose among the options: Black Program Corrector (High/Medium/Low/Off), Advanced Iris (High/Medium/Low/Off), Gamma (Max/High/Medium/Low/Off ), Clear White (High/Low/Off), Live Color (High/Medium/Low/Off ).
Selecting PC Video Options
To display the PC screen:
Press TV/VIDEO repeatedly on the remote control until VIDEO 7 (PC) appears.
Video 7
PC
Video
Display Mode Reset Iris Picture Brightness Color Temp. Max Max 50 Video
Using the Settings
Neutral
You can change the settings for the PC input while the TV is displaying the PC screen.
The PC Input Video setting includes the following options:

Option Description
Display Mode Reset Iris Picture Brightness Color Temp.
Video Text
Select to view video images. Select to view text, charts or tables.
Select to restore the factory default settings. Select to adjust the contrast levels. Adjust to increase or decrease picture contrast. Adjust to brighten or darken the picture. Choose from four color temperatures: Cool Neutral Select to give the white colors a blue tint. Select to give the white colors a neutral tint.
Warm 1, Select to give the white colors a red tint. 2
65
Using the Settings
Accessing the Audio Settings

1. Press WEGA GATE........
WEGA GATE
Antenna
Audio
Custom settings
Sound Mode Custom Dynamic Standard 0 0 0 Off 0 Off Off Custom
2. Select Settings...............
Reset Treble Bass Balance
3. Highlight........................
Steady Sound Volume Offset Effect BBE
4. Press to select................
To highlight an option and to change settings, press V v B b. to confirm the selection. Press To exit the Audio, press .
WEGA GATE
Selecting Audio Options

z Sound Mode settings are independent of settings in the Treble/Bass options. z TruSurround XT attempts to create the same surround effect produced by a multichannel system using the left and right speakers.
The Audio settings include the following options:

Option Sound Mode Description Dynamic Standard Custom Reset Treble Bass Balance Steady Sound Volume Offset Effect Select to enhance treble and bass. Suitable for spoken dialog. Flat setting.
Reset the following options to the default setting: Treble, Bass, Balance, Steady Sound, Volume Offset, Effect and BBE. Adjust to increase or decrease higher-pitched sounds. Adjust to increase or decrease lower-pitched sounds. Adjust to emphasize left or right speaker balance. On Off Select to stabilize the volume across all programs and commercials. Select to turn off Steady Sound.
Adjust to increase or decrease the sound level of the current input (TV or video input) relative to other inputs. TruSurround XT Simulated Select for surround sound (for stereo programs only). Adds a surround-like effect to mono programs. Normal stereo or mono reception.
Off BBE
Simulated uses SRS 3D MONO.
Select to give sound more impact by compensating for phase effects in speakers. Select from High, Low, and Off.
66
Using the Settings Option Description Select for stereo reception when viewing a program broadcast in stereo. Select to automatically switch to second audio programs when a signal is received. (If no SAP signal is present, the TV remains in Stereo mode.) Select for mono reception. (Use to reduce noise during weak stereo broadcasts.) Select to turn on the TV speakers. Select to turn off the TV speakers and listen to the TVs sound only through your external audio system speakers. The MUTING button on your remote control is available when Audio Out is set to Variable, and becomes nonfunctional when set to Fixed.
MTS Stereo Enjoy stereo, bilingual and Auto SAP mono programs Mono
Speaker On Off
MTS is available only for analog programs.
Audio Out Easy control of volume adjustments
Using the Settings
This option can be set only when the Speaker option is set to Off.
Variable The TV's speakers are turned off and the audio output from your audio system can still be controlled by the TV's remote control. The TVs speakers are turned off, and the audio output of the TV is fixed. Use your audio receivers volume control to adjust the volume (and other settings) through your audio system. Use this option to make adjustments to audio and video synchronization when you have external equipment connected to DIGITAL AUDIO (OPTICAL ) OUT of the TV. Select Off (factory default setting) to make no adjustments. Select 1, 2 or 3 to adjust so that the video and audio from your connected external equipment are in synchronized.
Fixed
A/V Sync
Off/1/2/3
67
Using the Settings
Selecting PC Audio Options
Video 7
PC
Audio
Sound Mode Reset Treble Bass Balance Effect Speaker Audio Out 0 0 0 Off On Variable Custom
The PC Input Audio setting includes the following options:

Option Description
Sound Mode
Dynamic Standard Custom
Select to enhance treble and bass. Suitable for spoken dialog. Flat setting.
Reset Treble Bass Balance Effect
Select to restore the factory default settings. Adjust to increase or decrease higher-pitched sounds. Adjust to increase or decrease lower-pitched sounds. Adjust to emphasize left or right speaker balance. TruSurround XT Simulated Off Select for surround sound (for stereo programs only). Adds a surround-like effect to mono programs. Normal stereo or mono reception. Select to turn on the TV speakers. Select to turn off the TV speakers and listen to the TVs sound only through your external audio system speakers.
Speaker
On Off
Audio Out Easy control of volume adjustments
This option can be set only when the Speaker option is set to Off.
Variable The TV's speakers are turned off, but the audio output from your audio system can still be controlled by the TV's remote control. The TVs speakers are turned off and the audio output of the TV is fixed. Use your audio receivers volume control to adjust the volume (and other settings) through your audio system.
Fixed
68
Using the Settings
Accessing the Screen Settings

WEGA GATE
Antenna
Screen
Automatic sizing for 4:3 pictures
Wide Mode Wide Zoom 0 Off Normal 0 0 Wide Zoom Normal Full Zoom Off
Game Picture 4:3 Default Display Area Vertical Center
3. Highlight.......................
Vertical Size
4. Press to select................
To highlight an option and to change settings, press V v B b. to confirm the selection. Press To exit the Screen, press .
WEGA GATE
Using the Settings
Selecting Screen Options

z Wide Mode is unavailable while in Freeze (page 54).
The Screen settings include the following options:

Option Wide Mode Select a screen mode to use for 4:3 sources. Description Wide Zoom Select to enlarge the 4:3 picture, to fill the 16:9 screen, keeping the original image as much as possible. Select to return the 4:3 picture to its original size and aspect ratio.
Normal
Full
Normal is not available when you are watching 720p or 1080i sources. Select to enlarge the 4:3 picture horizontally only, to fill the display area. Select to proportionally enlarge 1080i and 720p sources, For 480p and 480i sources, Zoom will vertically stretch the image to fill the screen.
Zoom
To change from one Wide Mode setting to another, use the WIDE button on the remote control (see page 53). Allows you to move the position of the picture left and right in the window. (This feature also allows you to adjust the picture from any connected equipment.) Select while watching the picture to be adjusted. The TV stores the position in memory for each input. Press B or b and press to choose a correction between +5 and 5.
Game Picture
Not available in Full and Normal mode when sources are in 720p or 1080i.
(Continued)
69
Using the Settings Option z If 4:3 Default is set to anything but Off, the Wide Mode setting changes only for the current channel. When you change channels (or inputs), Wide Mode is automatically replaced with the 4:3 Default setting. To retain the current Wide Mode setting as channels and inputs are changed, set 4:3 Default to Off. 4:3 Default Select the default screen mode to use for 4:3 sources. Description Wide Zoom Select to enlarge the 4:3 picture, to fill the 16:9 screen, keeping the original image as much as possible. Select to return the 4:3 picture to normal mode. Select to enlarge the 4:3 picture horizontally only, to fill the display area. Select to enlarge the picture horizontally and vertically to an equal aspect ratio that fills the wide screen. Select to continue using the current screen mode setting when the channel or input is changed.
Normal Full Zoom
Off
Display Area Vertical Center
Select Normal to return to the default display area. Select -1 or -2 to keep the edge of the picture out of screen. Allows you to move the position of the picture up and down in the window. (Available only in Zoom mode.) to choose a correction between +5 Press V or v and press and 5. Allows you to adjust the vertical size of the picture. (Available only in Zoom mode.) Press V or v and press to choose a correction between +5 and 5.
Vertical Size
70
Using the Settings
Selecting PC Screen Options

z When there is no signal input, all settings are not available.
Video 7
PC
Screen
Wide Mode Auto Adjustment Phase Pitch Horizontal Center Vertical Center Min 0 0 0 Full 1
Using the Settings
The PC Input Screen setting includes the following options:

Option Description
z Select Zoom in the Wide Mode option to display movies and other content on DVD, using the entire viewable area of the screen.
Wide Mode
Normal Full 1
Select to display the picture in its original size. Select to enlarge the picture to fill the display area, keeping its original horizontal-to-vertical ratio. A black frame will appear on the surrounding of the picture. Full 2 Select to enlarge the picture to fill the display area. A black frame will appear on the surrounding of the picture. Zoom Select to enlarge the picture horizontally and vertically to an equal aspect ratio that fills the wide screen.
Auto Adjustment
Select to automatically adjust the display position of the picture when the TV receives an input signal from the connected PC. Note that Auto Adjustment may not work well with certain input signals. In such cases, manually adjust the options below. Select to adjust the phase when the screen flickers. Select to adjust the pitch when the picture has unwanted vertical stripes. Select to adjust the horizontal position of the picture. Allows you to move the picture left and right in the window. Press B or b and press to choose a correction between +50 and -50. The variable range depends on the signal. Select to adjust the vertical position of the picture. Allows you to move the picture up and down in the window. Press B or b and press to choose a correction between +50 and -50. The variable range depends on the signal.
Phase Pitch Horizontal Center
Vertical Center
71
Using the Settings
Accessing the Channel Settings

WEGA GATE
Antenna
Channel
Program favorite channels
Favorite Channels
Program
Digital Channels Auto Program Show/Hide Channels Label Channels
3. Highlight.......................
4. Press to select................
To highlight an option and to change settings, press V v B b. to confirm the selection. Press To exit the Channel, press .
WEGA GATE
Selecting Channel Options
The Channel settings include the following options:

Option Favorite Channels Auto Program Description Lets you set up a list of your favorite channels. For details, see Using Favorites in WEGA GATE on page 57. Select to add digital channels. Automatically sets up the channel list on the TV for all receivable channels for the current input (VHF/UHF or CABLE). Select to start the Auto Program.
Digital Channels Add z Channels that you set to Hidden can only be accessed with the 0-9 buttons.
Auto Program may take up to 20 to 50 minutes to complete. A progress bar will display the approximate progress of the Auto Program and Digital Channels/Add sequences.
Show/Hide Channels
Allows you to show or hide channels that appear in the Program Guide and when you use the CH+/- buttons to channel surf. Channels that are set to Hidden do not appear in the Program Guide or when you use the CH+/- buttons.
Press V or v to highlight the channel that you want to show or hide. To move between the Major and Digital subchannel lists, press B or b.
2 3
To change a channels setting to Shown or Hidden, press
.
To show or hide more channels, repeat steps 1 and 2.
72
Using the Settings Option Description
If you select to hide or show a major digital channel, all the subchannels are automatically hidden or shown. To show or hide an individual sub-channel within a digital channel, you must individually select that sub-channel to show or hide. If you hide all sub-channels of a major digital channel, that digital channel is automatically set to Hidden. Allows you to assign labels (such as station call letters) to channel numbers.
Label Channels
1 2
Press V or v to scroll through the channel numbers. Then press to select the channel number that you want to assign a label. Press V or v to scroll through the label characters (A-Z, 09, etc.). Then press to select the highlighted character. Repeat to add characters to the label.
Press B to return to the Channel setting, or press WEGA GATE to exit the settings.
Using the Settings
73
Using the Settings
Accessing the Parental Lock Settings

WEGA GATE
Antenna
Parental Lock
Press to change settings
Off Off Child U. S. A. Youth Y. Adult Custom Parental Lock
Change Password Select Country
3. Highlight.......................
4. Press to select................
To highlight an option and to change settings, press V v B b. to confirm the selection. Press To exit the Parental Lock, press . The Parental setting allows you to set up the TV to block programs according to their content and rating levels.
WEGA GATE
You need your password for any future access to the Parental Lock settings. If you have lost your password, see Lost password on page 93.
Selecting Parental Lock Options
The Parental Lock settings include the following options:

Option Parental Lock Turn ratings on/off and select a rating system Description Off Child Turn Parental Lock off. No programs are blocked from viewing. Maximum ratings permitted are: U.S.: TV-Y, TV-G, G Canada: C, G, TV-Y Maximum ratings permitted are: U.S.: TV-PG, PG Canada: C8+, PG, 8 ans+, TV-PG Maximum ratings permitted are: U.S.: TV-14, PG-13 Canada: 14+, 13 ans+, TV-14 Select to set ratings manually. U.S.: See page 76 for details. Canada: See page 77 for details.
Youth
Y. Adult
Custom
74
Using the Settings Option z If you are not familiar with the Parental Guideline rating system, you should select Child, Youth, or Y.Adult to help simplify the rating selection. To set more restrictive ratings, select Custom. z For descriptions of Child, Youth, and Y.Adult ratings, see page 74. Change Password Select Country Description Select to change your password. U.S.A. Canada Select to use USA ratings (see page 76). Select to use Canadian ratings (see page 77).
To deactivate the parental control feature Set Parental Lock to OFF when in the Parental Lock setting. To change the password
1 2 3 4
In the Parental Lock setting, use the arrow buttons to highlight Change Password, and press to select it. Enter a new four-digit password using the 0-9 buttons. Confirm the new password by entering it again. Press WEGA GATE to exit the setting screen.
Using the Settings
Viewing Blocked Programs
You can view a blocked program by entering the password.
1 2
Press ENT when tuned to a blocked program. Enter your password using the 0-9 buttons. Parental control will be canceled temporarily until you turn your TV off.
75
Using the Settings
Selecting Custom Rating Options

z To ensure maximum blocking capability, the age-based ratings should be blocked.
US custom rating options If you selected U.S.A. as the country of residence on page 75, the Custom Rating setting includes the following options. (If you selected Canada, see
page 77.)
Option Movie Rating Description G PG PG-13 R NC-17 and X TV Rating Block programs by their rating, content or both TV-Y TV-Y7 TV-G TV-PG TV-14 TV-MA FV D L S V All children and general audiences. Parental guidance suggested. Parental guidance for children under 13. Restricted viewing, parental guidance is suggested for children under 17. No one 17 and under.
Age-Based Options All children. Directed to children age 7 and older. General audience. Parental guidance suggested. Parents strongly cautioned. Mature audience only. Fantasy violence. Suggestive dialog. Strong language. Sexual situations. Violence. Allows programs and movies that are broadcast without a rating. Blocks all programs and movies that are broadcast without a rating.
Content-Based Options
z If you select Block, be aware that the following programs may be blocked: news, sports, weather, emergency broadcasts, political programs, public service announcements, and religious programs.
Unrated Allow Block programs or movies that are Block broadcast without a rating
The content ratings will increase depending on the level of the agebased rating. For example, a program with a TV-PG V (Violence) rating may contain moderate violence, while a TV-14 V (Violence) rating may contain more intense violence.
76
Using the Settings Canadian custom rating options
If you selected Canada as the country of residence on page 75, the Custom Rating setting includes the following options. (If you selected U.S.A., see page 76.)
Option English Rating Description C C8+ G PG 14+ 18+ French Rating G 8 ans+ 13 ans+ 16 ans+ 18 ans+ U.S.A. Rating All children. Children 8 years and older. General programming. Parental guidance. Viewers 14 and older. Adult programming. General programming. Not recommended for ages under 8. Not recommended for ages under 13. Not recommended for ages under 16. Programming restricted to adults.
Using the Settings
See TV Rating on page 76 for details.
77
Using the Settings
Accessing the Setup Settings

WEGA GATE
Antenna
Setup
Select Caption Vision options
Caption Vision Off On Off On Off Program Info Banner Game Mode Label Video Inputs Language English
3. Highlight.......................
Video 2(Component) Off Menu Color Image Shift High Altitude Original Auto Off
4. Press to select................
To highlight an option and to change settings, press V v B b. to confirm the selection. Press To exit the Setup, press .
WEGA GATE
Selecting Setup Options
The Setup settings include the following options:

Option Caption Vision Description Allows you to select from four closed caption modes (for programs that are broadcast with closed captioning). On Off Program Caption Vision is turned on. Caption Vision is turned off. Allows you to set basic and advanced Caption Vision options. See Programming Caption Vision on page 80.
Info Banner
Set to On or Off. Select On to display the program name, time remaining and other information (if the broadcaster offers this service). Also displays when the channel is changed or the DISPLAY button is pressed. On Off Select to optimize the lipsync when playing games. Select to turn off the Game Mode.
Game Mode
78
Using the Settings Option Label Video Inputs Description Allows you to label the audio/video equipment you have connected to the TV so you can identify them when using TV/VIDEO. When in this setting: 1 Press V or v to highlight an input to label, then press to select it. 2 Use the arrow buttons to scroll through the labels. 3 Press to select the equipment you connected to each of the input jacks on the back of your TV. Select Skip if you do not have any equipment connected to a particular input. Video 1-6 Video 1-6, VHS, DVD, Receiver, Satellite, Cable Box, 8mm, DTV, Game, LD, Beta, HD, DVR, Camcorder, Skip Video 7, PC, DVD, HD, Game, Skip
Video 7
Language z If you use the composite connection when Video 2 (Component) is set to Auto, do not connect the component cable at the same time. Otherwise select Off. Video 2 (Component)
If you select Skip, your TV skips the selected connection when you press TV/VIDEO.
Using the Settings
Select to display all on-screen settings in your language of choice: English, Espaol, Franais. Auto Select to switch automatically between the component video jacks (Y PB/CB PR/CR, AUDIO L (MONO)/AUDIO R) and the composite video jacks (VIDEO, AUDIO L (MONO)/AUDIO R) on the left side of the TV (VIDEO/HD/DVD 2 IN) depending on the cable connection. Select to activate the composite video jacks (VIDEO/AUDIO L(MONO)/ AUDIO R) on the left side of the TV.
Off
Menu Color Image Shift
Enables you to select a specific color for the on-screen settings. Corrects the image on your TV. Before adjusting
Antenna Antenna
After adjusting
Antenna
Setup Setup
Select Caption Vision options Select Caption Vision options
On On Info Banner Info Banner Game Mode Game Mode Label Video Inputs Label Video Inputs Language Language English English On On Of Off Off Of Off Off Program Program
Setup
Select Caption Vision options
Caption Vision Info Banner Game Mode Label Video Inputs Language English Off On Off On Off Program
Video 2(Component) Off 2(Component Of Video 2(Component)) Off Menu Color Colo Menu Color Image Shift Shif Image Shift High Altitude High Altitude Origina Original Original Auto Auto Of Off Off
Video 2(Component) Off Menu Color Image Shift High Altitude Original Auto Off
Auto Level 1-4
(Factory setting) Automatically corrects double images. Select a level from 1-4 to align the images and improve the picture.
(Continued)
79
Using the Settings Option High Altitude CineMotion Description Select On to use the TV at an altitude of 5,000 feet (1,500 m) or higher. Select Off to use the TV at normal altitude. Select Auto to optimize the screen display automatically detecting film content and applying a reverse 3-2 pulldown process. Moving picture will appear clearer and more natural looking. Select Off to disable the detection.
Programming Caption Vision
If you selected the Program option under Caption Vision (see page 78), you can change the following settings:
Option Basic Description Allows you to select basic analog (EIA-608) closed caption options. CC1, CC2, CC3, CC4 Displays a printed version of the dialog or sound effects of a program. (Should be set to CC1 for most programs.)
Text1, Text2, Displays network/station information presented using Text3, Text4 either half or the whole screen (if available). Digital CC Advanced Advanced Settings Allows you to set digital closed captioning to Basic (digital EIA-608) or Advanced (digital EIA-708). Allows you to select advanced digital (EIA-708) closed caption options. Select from the available options. Allows you to make additional settings for digital (EIA-708) closed caption options. Select from As Broadcast, Small Text, Large Text and Custom. Custom Allows you to customize the following settings: Character Size Character Style Character Color Character Opacity Edge Color Edge Type Small, Standard, Large Style 1-7 Color 1-8 Solid, Translucent Color 1-8 None, Raised, Depressed, Outline, Left Shadow, Right Shadow None, Color 1-8 Solid, Translucent None, Color 1-8 Solid, Translucent
Background Color Background Opacity Window Color Window Opacity
80
Using the Settings
Selecting PC Setup Options
Video 7
PC
Setup
Power Management Off Language Menu Color Image Shift High Altitude English Gray Auto Off
Using the Settings
The PC Input Setup setting includes the following options:

Option Description
Power Management
On
Select to automatically switch to the Power Saving mode when there is no signal input for 10 minutes. Select to turn off Power Management.
Off Language Menu Color Image Shift
Select to display all on-screen settings in your language of choice: English, Espaol, Franais. Enables you to select a specific color for the on-screen settings from Original, Gray, Red, Green and Purple. Auto Level 1-4 (Factory setting) Automatically corrects double images. Select a level from 1-4 to align the images and improve the picture.
High Altitude
Select On to use the TV at an altitude of 5,000 feet (1,500 m) or higher. Select Off to use the TV at normal altitude.
81
Using the Settings PC Input Signal Compatibility Chart Resolution Signals VGA Horizontal (Dot) 640 640 640 720 SVGA 800 800 800 800 XGA** 1024 1024 1024 1280 1280 Vertical (Line) 480 480 480 400 600 600 600 600 768 768 768 768 768 Horizontal frequency (kHz) 31.5 37.5 43.3 31.5 35.2 37.9 46.9 48.1 48.4 56.5 60 47.4 47.8 Vertical frequency (Hz) 60 75 85 70 56 60 75 72 60 70 75 60 60 VESA standard
* *
WXGA**
*: Corresponding to the VGA signal **: These signals do not support Normal display mode.
This TV does not support Sync on Green or Composite Sync. If a signal other than in the above chart is input, it may not be displayed properly or may not be displayed as you set. Using the Vertical frequency (Hz) of the personal computer at 60 is recommended. Noise may be detected under certain conditions. If unsupported signals are used, you will see the message, Unsupported Signal.
82
Using the Settings
Accessing the Applications Settings

WEGA GATE
Antenna
Applications
Change current time and timer settings
Clock/Timers Diagnostics CableCARD
Program
3. Highlight.......................
4. Press to select................
To highlight an option and to change settings, press V v B b. Press to confirm the selection. To exit the Applications, press .
WEGA GATE
Using the Settings
Selecting Applications Options
The Applications settings include the following options:

Option Clock/Timers Description Select to set the clock and to program your TV to turn on and off at two scheduled viewing times. Once the options are set, TIMER LED lights up in red. Sleep Allows you to select the amount of time (Off, 15 minutes, 30 minutes, 45 minutes, 60 minutes or 90 minutes) that you want the TV to remain on before shutting off automatically. You can use the Timers to program the TV to turn on and off and tune to a specific channel at two scheduled viewing times.
Timer 1 Timer 2
Timer 1 and Timer 2 cannot be set until you set the Current Time.
Press V or v to highlight Timer 1 or Timer 2. To set the timer, press b. To go directly to programming Timer 1 or 2, press instead of pressing b.
(Continued)
83
Using the Settings Option Description
Press V or v to highlight one of the following options, then . press Program Off Select to set the Timer by day, time, duration, and channel. Select to turn off the Timer. (Your previous settings are saved.)
If you selected Program in step 2, press V and v to set the day(s), hour, minute, AM/PM, duration, and channel or press b to confirm each setting and number. Press move to the next setting. Press B to go back to the previous setting. Press WEGA GATE to exit the setting screen. An LED on the front panel will light, indicating the Timer has been set. You can set the current time. to select Current Time.
Current Time
1 2
Press
Press V and v to set the current time (day, hour, minute, (or press b) to confirm each and AM/PM). Press setting and move to the next setting. Press B to go back the previous setting. Press WEGA GATE to exit the setting screen.
3
Diagnostics
Display diagnostics information about the TV. This can be useful in providing information to an authorized technician or repair person. This list of selectable CableCARD options will vary, depending on your cable service provider.
CableCARD
84
Other Information
Overview
This chapter includes the following topics:
Topic Contacting Sony Replacing the Lamp Troubleshooting Specifications Optional accessories Index Page 85 86 90 94 95 96
Contacting Sony
If, after reading these operating instructions, you have additional questions related to the use of your Sony television, please call our Customer Information Services Center. For US residents: 1-800-222-SONY (7669) or visit: http://www.sonystyle.com/tv/ For Canadian residents: 1-877-899-SONY (7669) or visit: http://www.sonystyle.ca/tv/ Before calling Sony customer support, please write down the model and serial numbers of your TV. Youll find this information on the front cover of this manual.
Other Information
85
Other Information
Replacing the Lamp

The projection lamp, which illuminates the picture, has a limited life. If the screen becomes dark, the color looks unusual, or the LAMP indicator on the front of the TV flashes, it is time to replace the lamp with a new one (not supplied).
WARNING Electric appliances can cause fire or high temperature, resulting in injury or death. Be sure to follow the instructions below.
Use a Sony XL-2400 replacement lamp (not supplied) for replacement. Use of any other lamp may damage the TV. Do not remove the lamp for any purpose other than replacement. Doing so may cause injury or fire. Do not put flammable materials and metal objects inside the lamp receptacle of the TV after removing the lamp. Doing so may cause fire or electrical shock. Do not touch the lamp receptable once the lamp has been removed. When the lamp eventually burns out, you may hear a noticeable pop sound. This is normal and it is inherent to this type of lamp. In rare instances, the bulb may pop inside the lamp unit, but the lamp unit is designed to contain all of the broken glass pieces inside the lamp unit. The lamps contain mercury. For proper disposal of the used lamps, follow and observe the local ordinances. See page 89.
How to Replace the Lamp
Turn off the power on the main unit. Wait several minutes, then unplug the power cord. (The cooling fan will continue to operate for about two minutes after turning the power off.) Wait at least 30 minutes after unplugging the power cord to allow the lamp to cool down before replacing it. To avoid being burned, do not touch the lamp receptable once the lamp has been removed. Take the new lamp out of the box. Do not touch the glass portion of the new lamp.
2 3
Do not shake the lamp. Vibration can damage the lamp or shorten its life. Avoid touching the front glass of a new lamp or the glass of the lamp receptacle. This may reduce picture quality or lamp life.
86
Other Information
Remove the outside lamp cover.
Remove the lamp door. Turn the knob counterclockwise to OPEN and pull out the cover.
Lamp door
Other Information
Pull out the lamp. Hook a finger through the loop of the lamp handle and pull the handle upwards. Then pull the lamp straight out.
The lamp is very hot immediately after use. Never touch the glass portion of the lamp or the surrounding parts. After the used lamp has cooled, place it into the empty box of the replacement lamp. Never put the used lamp into a plastic bag.
(Continued)
87
Other Information
Put the new lamp into its place. Mount the new lamp securely. Failure to do so may cause a fire or the screen to go dark.
If the lamp is not securely reattached, the self-diagnostic function may be triggered and the POWER/STANDBY indicator flashes three times (see page 12).
Reattach the lamp door. Turn the knob back to CLOSE and secure the cover.
Put the outside lamp cover back in its place.
Consult your Sony dealer for a Sony XL-2400 replacement lamp. Take great care when replacing the lamp or plugging in/unplugging the connecting cords. Rough handling may cause the TV to fall, damaging the TV, the TV stand and the floor.
88
Other Information The used lamp
This product contains mercury. Disposal of this product may be regulated if sold in the United States. For disposal or recycling information, please contact your local authorities or the Electronics Industries Alliance (http://www.eiae.org). Do not leave the used lamp near flammable materials or within the reach of children.
Do not pour water onto the used lamp or put any object inside the lamp. Doing so may cause the lamp to burst.
For replacement lamp information visit: U. S. residents: http://www.sonystyle.com/tv/ Canadian residents: http://www.sonystyle.ca/tv/
Other Information
89
Other Information
Troubleshooting
Remote Control
Problem Possible Remedies
Remote control does not operate
Cannot change channels with the remote control
Remote control does not operate non-Sony video equipment
The batteries could be weak. Replace the batteries. Check the orientation of the batteries. Press TV (FUNCTION) once, and the TV indicator lights up. You may have inadvertently pressed SAT/CABLE (FUNCTION), which changes the remote control to SAT or CABLE mode. Make sure this units power cord is connected securely to the wall outlet. Install the unit at least 3-4 feet away from fluorescent lights. If the "High Temperature Warning!" message appears, turn off the TV and wait until the TV's projection lamp cools down (approximately 5 minutes). If the remote control still does not work, make sure to dust the ventilation slots on the rear of the TV and the cooling fan to provide adequate ventilation around the TV. If you are using the TV to change channels, first press TV (FUNCTION) once, and the TV indicator lights up. If you are using another device to change channels, be sure you have not inadvertently switched your TV from the channel 3 or 4 setting. If you are using another device to change channels, be sure to press FUNCTION for that device. For example, if you are using your cable box to change channels, be sure to press SAT/CABLE (FUNCTION) once, and the SAT/CABLE indicator lights up. If you replaced the batteries to the remote recently, the code numbers for the video equipment may need to be reset. There may be more than one code for the equipment that you are attempting to operate. There is a possibility that some non-Sony equipment cannot be operated by your Sony TV remote. You may need to use the equipments original remote control.
CableCARD Device
Problems using CableCARD device or CableCARD services
Check that the CableCARD is inserted properly (see pages 30-31). The CableCARD device must be activated by your local cable TV provider before you can receive digital cable TV services. See the activation instructions on pages pages 30-31. Check the Diagnostics and CableCARD setting options (see page 84). (This can be useful in providing information to an authorized technician or repair person.) Contact your cable TV provider.
90
Other Information
Video
No picture (screen not lit), no sound
Dark, poor or no picture (screen lit), good sound
No color/dark picture/color is not correct Only snow and noise appear on the screen Dotted lines or stripes Double images Black box on screen
If your TV does not turn on and a red light keeps flashing, your TV may need service. Call your local Sony Service Center. Make sure the power cord is plugged in. Press POWER on the front of the TV. Press TV/VIDEO to cycle through the connected video sources. Try another channel; it could be station trouble. Adjust the Picture Mode option in the Video setting (see page 63). Adjust the Brightness option in the Video setting (see page 63). Check the antenna/cable connections. Adjust the Color option in the Video setting (see page 63). Check the antenna/cable connections. Try another channel; it could be station trouble. Press ANT to change the input mode (see page 44). Adjust the antenna. Move the TV away from noise sources such as cars, neon signs, or hair dryers. Using a highly directional outdoor antenna or a cable may solve the problem. Set Image Shift to an appropriate value. The default setting is Auto. If doubled images appear with Auto, select the best value from 1 to 4 (see page 79). You have selected a text option in the Setup setting and no text is available. (See page 78 to reset Setup selections.) To turn off this feature, set the Caption Vision option to Off. If you were trying to select closed captioning, select CC1 instead of Text 1-4. Some wide-screen programs are filmed in aspect ratios that are greater than 16:9 (this is especially common with theatrical releases). Your TV will show these programs with black bands at the top and bottom of the screen. For more details, check the documentation that came with your DVD (or contact your program provider). The compression used by certain digital broadcasts and DVDs may cause your TVs screen to display less detail than usual, or cause artifacts (small blocks or dots, pixelations) to appear on your screen. This is due to your TVs large screen and ability to show very fine detail, and is normal for certain digitally recorded programs. Adjust the reality/clarity in the DRC Palette setting (see page 64) to optimize the picture while viewing these sources. The Iris Control may have a problem. Call your local Sony Service Center.
Other Information
Black bands appear at the top and bottom of the screen
Certain programs on DVD or other digital sources display a loss of detail, especially during fast-motion or dark scenes
"Iris Unit error" appears while Advanced Iris is active
91
Other Information
Audio
Good picture, no sound
Audio noise
Cannot gain enough volume when using a cable box Sound seems weak or insufficient
Press MUTING so that Muting disappears from the screen (see page 44). Make sure the Speaker option is set to On in the Audio setting (see page 67). Make sure the MTS option is set to Stereo or Mono (see page 67). When the HDMI IN input is in use, surround sound, such as AC-3 and DTS, cannot be input. Change the sound setting for the external input device to Linear PCM. Communication problems may occur if infrared communication equipment (e.g., infrared cordless headphones) is used near the TV. Use headphones other than infrared cordless headphones. Also, if you use infrared communication equipment other than infrared cordless headphones, move the infrared transceiver away from the TV until the noise is eliminated, or move the transmitter and receiver of the infrared communication equipment closer together. Increase the volume of the cable box using the cable boxs remote control. Then press TV(FUNCTION) once (the TV indicator lights up) and adjust the TVs volume. The TVs audio might be set to Auto SAP or Mono, when it might be better set to Stereo. In the Audio setting (see page 67), set the MTS setting to Stereo. If already set to Stereo, switch to Mono (which may reduce background noise during weak stereo broadcasts). If the Speaker option is set to Off and the Audio Out option is set to Fixed (in order to output the sound to your audio system), use your audio receiver to adjust the sound (see page 67). Or, to use the TV remote control, set the Audio Out option to Variable. To turn on the TV speakers, set the Speaker option to On (see page 67).
Cannot raise the volume on external speakers
Channels
Cannot receive upper channels (UHF) when using an antenna Cannot receive any channels when using cable TV
Cannot receive or select channels Some digital cable channels are not being displayed
Press ANT to select the VHF/UHF input (see page 44). Use Auto Program in the Channel setting to add receivable channels that are not presently in the TVs memory (see page 72). Use Auto Program in the Channel setting to add receivable channels that are not presently in the TVs memory (see page 72). Press ANT to select the CABLE input (see page 44). Use Auto Program in the Channel setting to add receivable channels that are not presently in TV memory (see page 72). Certain cable companies have limitations on the broadcast of digital cable channels. Check with your cable company for more information. The digital cable channel may be set to Hidden in the Channel setting (see page 72).
92
Other Information
General
How to reset TV to factory settings
Turn on the TV. While holding down the M button on the remote control, press the POWER button on the TV. (The TV will turn itself off, then back on again.) Release the M button. WARNING: The Factory Reset will clear all of your customized settings including Parental Lock setting. Select Reset setting option while in the Video setting (see page 66). Select Reset setting option while in the Audio setting (see page 66). Be sure the Label Video Inputs option is not set to Skip (see page 79).
How to restore Video settings to factory settings
How to restore Audio settings to factory settings Cannot cycle through the other video equipment connected to the TV Cannot operate the setting Lost password
If a setting option appears in gray, this indicates that the setting option is not available. On the password screen (see page 74), enter the following master password: 4357. The master password clears your previous password; it cannot be used to temporarily unblock channels. When lit, indicates that the timer is set (see page 83). When the timer is set, this LED will remain lit even when the TV is turned off. Replace the lamp (see page 86). If you are connecting a VCR and digital cable box using a splitter, as described on page 35, you must use a special bi-directional splitter that is designed to work with your digital cable box. Contact your cable provider for details. Only analog channels can be recorded to your VCR. When the TV is in use, there is a natural rise in temperature, causing the cabinet to expand or contract and may be accompanied by a slight creaking noise. This is not a malfunction. Advanced Iris applies a mechanical iris system. When Advanced Iris is set, a natural creaking noise occurs due to the basic structure of the optical unit. The creaking sound is an inherent nature of this system and is not a defect. If the TV is used at high altitudes and High Altitude is set to On, the cooling fan runs faster and its sound becomes louder. If the TV is not used at high altitudes, set High Altitude to Off (see page 81). Make sure to remove dust from the ventilation slots on the rear and both sides of the TV. In addition, make sure that there are no obstacles in front of the ventilation slots. If the message still appears after the dust or obstacles are removed, the TV may need servicing. Call your local Sony Service Center. The TV cools down its projection lamp when the power is turned off. It takes up to two minutes for the picture to come back after the TV is turned on again. Wait for a while until the picture comes back.
Other Information
TIMER LED on front panel is lit LAMP LED blinks in red Digital cable box does not work
Cannot record digital channels to VCR TV cabinet creaks
A slight creaking noise occurs from the bottom part of the TV The cooling fan is loud
"High Temperature Warning!" appears
The TV does not turn on
93
Other Information
Specifications
Projection System LCD Panel Projection Lens Antenna Lamp Television System 3 LCD Panels, 1 lens projection system 0.73 inch TFT LCD panel (1,280 720 pixels) High Performance, large diameter hybrid lens F2.4 75-ohm external terminal for VHF/UHF 100W, XL-2400 NTSC American TV Standard ATSC (8VSB terrestrial) ATSC compliant 8VSB QAM on cable ANSI/SCTE 07 2000 Visible Screen Size (Picture measured KDF-E42A10: 42 inches diagonally) KDF-E50A10: 50 inches Channel Coverage Terrestrial (analog) 2-69 Cable TV (analog) 1-125 Terrestrial (digital) 2-69 Cable TV (digital) 1-135 Number of Inputs/Outputs HDMI IN Video 1080i, 720p, 480p, 480i Audio Two channel linear PCM 32, 44.1 and 48 kHz, 16, 20 and 24 bit Video (IN) 3 total (1 on side panel) 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms unbalanced, sync negative S Video (IN) 1 Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms unbalanced, sync negative C: 0.286 Vp-p (Burst signal), 75 ohms Audio (IN) 5 total (1 on side panel) 500 mVrms (100% modulation) Impedance: 47 kilohms Y: 1 Vp-p, 75 ohms unbalanced, sync Component Video Input 2 (Y PB/CB PR/CR) negative PB/CB: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms PR/CR: 0.7 Vp-p, 75 ohms AUDIO (VAR/FIX) OUT 1 500 mVrms at the maximum volume setting (Variable) 500 mVrms (Fixed) Impedance (output): 2 kilohms
AUDIO OUT jacks are operable only when the TVs Speaker is set to Off.
RF Inputs PC Input Digital Audio Optical Output (PCM/Dolby Digital) CableCARD Slot Speaker output Power requirement Power consumption
2 1 1 PCMCIA Type I/II 12 W + 12 W 120 V, 60 Hz In use: 210 W In standby: Less than 17 W
Optical Rectangular (1)
94
Other Information Dimensions (W/H/D) Mass Supplied Accessories Remote Control AA (R6) Batteries Operating Instructions Quick Setup Guide Warranty Card Product Registration Card Optional accessories: HDMI cable
KDF-E42A10: 999 722 357 mm (39 3/8 28 1/2 14 1/8 inches) KDF-E50A10: 1184 827 408 mm (46 5/8 32 5/8 16 1/8 inches)
KDF-E42A10: 28 kg (61 lb. 12 oz.) KDF-E50A10: 33 kg (72 lb. 13 oz.) RM-YD003 2 supplied for remote control 1 1 1 1
HDMI-to-DVI cable Component video cable S VIDEO cable A/V cable Audio cable Optical cable TV Stand : (SU-RG11S for KDF-E42A10, SU-RG11M for KDF-E50A10) Theatre Stand System: RHT-G2000 Lamp : XL-2400
The availability of optional accessories depends on stock.
Other Information
Design and specifications are subject to change without notice. Non-metric weights and measures are approximate.
95
Index
0-9 buttons 44 4:3 Default 70 5.1 Channel DVD using with remote control 50 Camcorder connection 41 Caption Vision 78 programming 80 Change Password 75 CHANNEL +/ button 15 Channel settings 62, 72 Channel Show/Hide 72 Channels Auto Program 72 creating labels 73 CineMotion 9, 80 Clear White 65 Clock/Timers 83 Closed caption modes 78 Color Temp., adjusting 64, 65 Color, adjusting 63 Connecting Audio receiver 42 Cable box 2324 Camcorder 41 DVD player 3839 Personal Computer 40 Satellite receiver 25 VCR 3437
E
Effect 66, 68 English Rating 77 ENT button 44 External Inputs, WEGA GATE 56, 59
A
A/V Sync 67 About Using CableCARD Device 30 AC IN 18 Adding channels to the channel list 72 Adjusting audio, Steady Sound 66 Advanced Iris 63 Advanced Video 65 Alternate Audio 52 Alternate Video 52 ANT button 44 Applications Settings 62, 83 Audio Out 67, 68 AUDIO OUT jack, described 18 Audio receiver, connecting 42 Audio settings 61, 66 Auto Adjustment 71 Auto Program 72
F
Favorite Channels setting up 72 Favorites, WEGA GATE 56, 57 FREEZE button 45, 54 French Rating 77 FUNCTION button 44
G
Game Picture 69 Gamma 65 GUIDE button 51 Guide menu 52
H
HD/DVD IN jack (1080i/720p/ 480p/ 480i), described 16, 18 HDMI IN jack, described 17 High Altitude 80, 81 High-Definition Multimedia Interface (HDMI) 10 Horizontal Center 71 Hue, adjusting 63
D
Diagnostics 84 DIGITAL AUDIO (OPTICAL) OUT 18 Digital Channels 72 Digital subchannels 52 Display Area 70 DISPLAY button 45 Display Mode 65 Display, turning off 45 DRC Mode 64 DRC Palette 64 DVD player using with remote control 49 with A/V connectors, connecting 39 with component video connectors, connecting 38
B
Balance, adjusting 66, 68 Bass, adjusting 66, 68 Batteries, inserting in remote 43 BBE 66 Brightness, adjusting 63, 65
I
Image Shift 79 Infrared Receiver (IR) 15 Inputs, labeling 79 Iris 63, 65
C
Cable connecting with VCR 34 using with remote control 49 Cable Box connecting with VCR 35 CableCARD device 30, 84 CableCARD slot 17
J, K
JUMP 54 JUMP button 44
96
L
Label Channels 73 Label Video Inputs 79 LAMP LED 15 Lamp, replacing 8689 Language 79, 81 Live Color 65
R
Ratings setting 76 viewing blocked programs 75 Remote control inserting batteries 43 programming 4748 Removing channels from the channel list 72 Removing the CableCARD 31 Reset 63, 65, 66, 68
Turning on/off the TV 15 TV FUNCTION button 44 TV POWER button 45 TV Rating 76 TV/VIDEO button 15, 44 U.S.A. Rating 77 Unrated 76
V
VCR using with remote control 49 with cable box, connecting 35 with cable, connecting 34 Vertical Center 70, 71 Vertical Size 70 VHF/UHF jack, described 17 Video 2 (Component) 79 Video inputs, labeling 79 Video settings 61, 63 VIDEO/AUDIO (L/R) jacks, described 16, 18 VISUAL SEARCH 45 VOL +/ button 45 VOLUME +/ button 15 Volume Offset 66
M
MENU button 45, 49 Menu Color 79, 81 Movie Rating 76 MTS 67 MUTING button 44
S
S VIDEO jack, described 18 Satellite receiver connecting 25 Satellite receiver, using with remote control 49 Screen settings 61, 69 Select Country 75 Settings Applications 62, 83 Audio 61, 66 Channel 62, 72 Parental Lock 62, 74 Screen 61, 69 Setup 62, 78 Video 61, 63 Settings, WEGA GATE 56, 59 Setup settings 62, 78 Sharpness, adjusting 64 Show/Hide Channels 72 Sound Mode 66, 68 Speaker 15, 67, 68 Specifications 9495 Steady Sound adjusting 66 described 10 Support Belt 14 Surround sound 66, 68
N
Noise Reduction 64
O
Off, turning off the TV 15 On, turning on the TV 15
P, Q
Parental Control, described 9 Parental Lock settings 62, 74 Password, changing 75 PC IN jack 17 PC Input 65, 68, 71, 81 Personal Computer connecting 40 Phase 71 Picture 63, 65 PICTURE button 44 Picture Mode Custom 63 Standard 63 Vivid 63 Pitch 71 POWER button 15 Power Management 81 POWER/STANDBY LED 15 Problems, Troubleshooting 90 93 Program Guide 52 Program Options menu 52
W, X, Y
WEGA GATE 9, 55 WEGA GATE button 15 Wide Mode 69, 71 Wide Screen Mode, described 9
T, U
Timer set current 84 TIMER indicator 12 TIMER LED 15 Timer setting 83 Treble, adjusting 66, 68 Troubleshooting 9093
97
2597544111 http://www.sony.net/
Printed in U.S.A.

Sony KDF E50a10

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Sony KDF E50a10

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

SERVICE MANUAL

MODEL COMMANDER DEST. CHASSIS NO. MODEL

KDF-E42A10 KDF-E42A10 KDF-E42A10 KDF-E50A10 KDF-E50A10 KDF-E50A10

RM-YD003 RM-YD003 RM-YD003 RM-YD003 RM-YD003 RM-YD003

USA CANADA MEXICO USA CANADA MEXICO

TOP MENU MENU

2 1 1 PCMCIA Type I/II 12 W + 12 W 120 V, 60 Hz In use: 210 W In standby: Less than 17 W

Optical Rectangular (1)

Replacing the Lamp

How to Replace the Lamp

Remove the outside lamp cover.

Put the outside lamp cover back in its place.

The used lamp

To Exposed Metal Parts on Set

Trouble Light Ohmmeter AC Outlet Box AC voltmeter (0.75V)

1. SELF DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION ..................... 2. DISASSEMBLY

6. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

SECTION 1 K SELF DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION

Lamp cover error

Lamp driver error Low B error

- B_12V is not supplied. - No picture/No sound (GT board)

D-OVP error ATSC OVP Lamp error

8 times 10 times LAMP-LED flashes

- No picture/No sound - No picture/No sound

- Lamp for the light source burns out.

LED blinks 3 times 4 times

LED ON : 0.3sec LED OFF : 0.3sec

LED OFF 3.0sec

S2 board IC7180 Temp. Sensor HB board IC7021 Temp. Sensor K board

Audio Amp. QM board

CN8003 8 5 CN8003 CN8003 7 7 132 LAMP-PROT 8 5 133 LAMP COVER

Press Channel-4 00000014 SERVICE BE Micro

Press Channel-4 SERVICE BE Micro

Press Channel-5 7 times, Channel-1 0000 SERVICE BE Micro

1 Pull down the claw Lamp door

7 Loosen wire holders

6 Pull out chassis block slightly

8 Loosen wire holders

9 Turn chassis dssembly

2-3. ANTENNA SWITCH, QU BLOCK ASSEMBLY

1 Screw (+BVTP 4x16) 2

0 Screw (+BVTP 4x16)

9 Pod cover backward 8 Screw (+BVTP 4x16)

3 2 hexdgonal washers 4 Antenna switch bracket

1 2 screws (+BVTP 4x16)

5 2 screws (+BVTP 3x12)

2 Pull out K board assembly

4 2 screws (+BVTP 3x12)

2-5. TERMINAL BRACKET

2-6. HPC BOARD

1 7 screws (+BVTP 3x12)

2 2 screws (+PVTP 4x16) Terminal brdcket Terminal bracket

2 5 screws (+PSW M3x8) 1 6 screws ( (+PSW M 3x8) )

B, QM and QT boa ards 3

Shield case (DIGITAL)

1 Place the pod bracket assembly upside down.

1 Upper lid of shield case 2 5 screws (+PSW M3x8) 2 Connector

3 QM board 1 3 connectors 3 2 screws (+PSW M3x8)

80 fan plate 1 Screw (+BVTP 4x16)

DUCT BLOCK ASSEMBLY (WITHOUT MAIN DUCT (R))

1 Screw (+BVTP 4x16)

D.C. FAN (SIROCCO)

Lamp duct cover 5 Remove D.C. fan (sirrocco) upward 1 2 claws